%% BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AUSTROASIATIC LANGUAGES OF INDIA %% %% Copyright (c) 1985, 1993, Patricia Donegan & David Stampe %% In revision. Copying only by permission of the compilers. %% %% August 1993 - U Chi + U Hi + Munda project bibliography. Tib format. %% Edit with auto-fill off %% Sorted but duplicates not eliminated %% All U Hi entries have "%L U.HI. [ if not avail] %% AAA (Austroasiatic Archive) project entries have "%% ... | %% In %% field, ## means physically seen, #V = Pinnow Versuch, #N = Nagaraja, %% ... %% Some U Chi entries have %# ISBN %% Queries are marked by ??, occ (if eol) with foll. comment. %% Nonstd bib/tib fields: %% %L (library), %r (review), %+ (reprint), %@ (publ. address), %% %? (query re entry), %e (edition), %v (vols), %p (pages) %% %t (translation), %M (meeting) %% Some entry-internal names have , q.v., for indexing. %% See " / " for un-reformatted library contents %%------------------------------------------------------------------------- %A ?? %D 1918 %T Khasi folklore: the legend of the lei tree %J Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society %V 11 %N 3 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F4174; |* %K Khasi %A ?? %D 1927 %T Language hand-book Savara %C Calcutta %I Tea Districts Labour Association, Catholic Orphan Press %p iv, 137 pp. %% ##; #V488; |AAA %K Sora %A ?? %D 1943 %T A short anthology of Indian folk poetry %J Man in India %V 22 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F4232; |* %K Santali %A ?? %D 1956 %T Dharam puthi, Horo jagarre olakan purna ar nawa nijam, The Bible in Mundari, reprinted from the Old Testament of 1932 and the New Testament of 1952 %C Calcutta %I Bible Society of India and Ceylon %O Devanagari script. %% #V487; |AAA(1976 ed.) %K Mundari %A ?? %D 1981- %T Adibharati. Koraku-Hindi. %C Bhopala %I Adimajati Anusandhana evam Vikasa Samstha [Tribal Research and Development Institute], Madhyapradesa %p v. <1- >, col. ill. %O Summary: Primer for class I children. In Hindi and Kurku. %L U.CHI. %A ?? %D 1982 %T Banda parbatara adhibasi %C Bhubanesvara %I Odisa Sahitya Ekademi %p 80 pp. %O Bondo social life and customs. In Oriya. %L U.CHI. %A ?? %D ?? %T ?? %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 16 %N 3-4 %P 317-326 %% ##; #V484; |AAA(xerox) %K %d 1930 %A Acharya, K. P. %D 1978 %T Classified bibliography of articles in ``Indian Linguistics'' %S CIIL occasional monographs series, 12 %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages %p x, 107 pp. %% ##; abbrev. Acharya #1978; |AAA %K bibliography %A Adams, Karen Lee %D 1989 %T Systems of numeral classification in the Mon-Khmer, Nicobarese and Asian subfamilies of Austroasiatic %S Pacific linguistics. Series B, 101 %C Canberra %I Dept of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University %p xiii, 219 pp., ill., maps %# ISBN: 0-85883-373-5 %r Review: C. Bauer, JSOAS 55:2.374-378 (1992) %L U.CHI. %L U.HI. PACC PL4309 .A32 1989 %A Anathanarayana, H. S. %D 1970 %T Austroasiatic languages %B Souvenir of First AICL ?? %C Poona %% #Ng309 %A Anathanarayana, H. S. %D 1972 %T A survey of the languages of India %B Souvenir of Third AICL ?? %C Hyderabad %% #Ng310 %A Anonymous %D 1891 %T A folktale: the princess and the demon lover -- told by Mirza Ghulam, a professional story-teller at Mirzapur %J North Indian notes and queries %V 1 %N 7 %P 117 %O Tale in English translation, original language unspecified, probably collected by William Crooke. %% ## (^Y, ^A, vol revised; check sort??, language??); #F4145 (cited as Mundari); |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Anonymous %D 1891 %T An aboriginal song from South Mirzapur %J North Indian notes and queries %V 1 %N 7 %P 125 %O Text of a seven-line love song ``Raj\'a! Ras-beniy\'a d\'ola\'eve k\'i nahin'', mostly in Hindi, in Roman transcription and with English translation probably collected by William Crooke. %% ## (^Y,^A, vol revised, check sort??, check language??); #F4109 (cited as Mundari); |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Anonymous %D 1891 %T An aboriginal song from South Mirzapur %J North Indian notes and queries %V 1 %N 9 %P 161 %O Text of a five-line love song, ``Chameli ban chh\'a\'e rahe Mahr\'aj\'a'', mostly in Hindi, in Roman transcription and with English translation, probably collected by William Crooke. %% ## (^Y, ^A, vol. revised, check sort??; language??); #F4109 (cited as Mundari); |AAA(xerox)}. %K Mundari %A Anonymous %D 1891 %T Karama jhumata, a hunting song of the Korwas on the Chota Nagpur border %J North Indian notes and queries %V 1 %N 9 %P 159-160 %O Text of song all or mostly in Hindi, in Roman transcription, and with English translation. %% ## (^Y and ^A revised, check sort??); #F4170; |AAA(xerox) %K Korwa %A Anonymous %D 1892 %T A song of advice sung by a Mirzapur Bhat %J North Indian notes and queries %V 2 %N 5 %P 89 %O Text of an eight-line religious song, ``Giy\'ani hu\'a ch\'aho to gum\'an hu ko d\'ur karo'', mainly or entirely in Hindi, in Roman transcription and with English translation, probably collected by William Crooke. %% ## (^Y, ^A, vol. revised; check sort??; language??); #F4236 (cited as Mundari); |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Anonymous %D 1892 %T An aboriginal song from South Mirzapur %J North Indian notes and queries %V 2 %N 3 %P 53 %O Text of a song, ``A\'i kabutar\'i B\'aj\'ugarh se'', mostly in Hindi, in Roman transcription and with English translation, probably collected by William Crooke. %% ## (^Y, ^A, vol revised, check sort??, check language??); #F4109 (cited as Mundari); |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Anonymous %D 1892 %T The ahir and the demon -- a folktale told by E. David, a native Christian of Mirzapur %J North Indian notes and queries %V 2 %N 2 %P 30 %O Tale in English translation, original language unspecified, probably collected by William Crooke. %% ## (^Y,^A, vol. revised; check sort??; language??); #F4110 (cited as Mundari); |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Anonymous %D 1892 ?? %T The soldier, the Bhut and the rich man's daughter -- a folktale told by Lachhman Ahir, a cultivator of Mirzapur %J North Indian notes and queries %V 2 %N 1 %P 11-12 %O Tale in English translation, original language unspecified, probably collected by William Crooke. %% ##; #F4235 (cited as Mundari); |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Anonymous %D 1927 %T Gramophone records of the languages and dialects of Madras Presidency %C Madras %I Government Press %% #Ng311 %A Anonymous %D 1929 %T Language hand-book Kharia %C Calcutta %I Catholic Orphan Press?? %O Author identified as H. Floor in prefatory Note to Floor et al. 1934. %% #V488; |* %K Kharia %A Anonymous %D 1929 %T Language hand-book Santali %e 2nd ed. %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V487; |* %K Santali %A Anonymous %D 1931 %T Language hand-book Sadani (the patois of Chota Nagpur) %C Calcutta %I Tea Districts Labour Association %% #V489; |* %K Sadani %A Anonymous %D 1935 %T Model Munda reader for Standard 1 %e 3rd ed. %C Ranchi %I ?? %% #V487; |* %K Mundari %A Anonymous %D 1944 %T Language hand-book Mundari %C Calcutta %I Tea Districts Labour Association %% #V487; |* %K Mundari %A Anonymous %D 1957 %T Mundari hymns and bhajans (Mu\.n\.dari dharam durang o\.ro' bhajan) %C Chota Nagpur, Ranchi %I ?? %% #V487; |* %K Mundari %A Archer, Mildred %D 1944 %T The folk-tale in Santal society %J Man in India %V 24 %P 224-232 %O Tales. %% #Flutes; #F94; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1942 %T Kharia along %C Ranchi %I ?? %O Songs, tales. %% #F114(unverified); |* %K Kharia %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1943 %T A short anthology of Indian folk-poetry: comments %J Man in India %V 23 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F107; |* %K other?? %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1943 %T An Indian riddle book %J Man in India %V 23 %P 265-315 %O Riddles. %% #Flutes; #F115; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1943 %T Betrothal dialogues %J Man in India %V 23 %P 147-153 %O Songs. %% #Flutes; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1943 %T Santal poetry %J Man in India %V 23 %P 147-153 %O Songs. %% #Flutes; #F121; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1944 %T Festival songs %J Man in India %V 24 %P 0-74 %O Songs. %% #Flutes; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1944 %T More Santal songs %J Man in India %V 24 %P 141-144 %O Songs. %% #Flutes; #F118; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1944 %T The illegitimate child in Santal society %J Man in India %V 24 %P 154-169 %% #Flutes; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1945 %T Santal rebellion songs %J Man in India %V 25 %P 207 %O Songs. %% #Flutes; #F122; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1945 %T The forcible marriage %J Man in India %V 25 %P 29-42 %% #Flutes; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1946 %T Santal marriage songs %B Snow balls of Garhwal %C Lucknow %I Universal Publishers Limited %O Songs. %% #F116; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1946 %T Santal transplantation songs %J Man in India %V 26 %P 6-7 %O Songs. %% #Flutes; #F124; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1946 %T Two Kharia weddings %J Man in India %V 26 %P 215-219 %% #V488; |* %K Kharia %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1947 %T Ritual friendship in Santal society %J Man in India %V 27.57-60 %% #Flutes; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1947 %T The Santal treatment of witchcraft %J Man in India %V 27 %P 103-121 %% #Flutes; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D ?? %T A Santal riddle book %C Dumka %I ?? %O Riddles. %% #Flutes does not mention this!; #F123; |* %K Santali %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1984 %T Tribal law and justice: a report on the Santal %O Introduction by K. S. Singh %C New Delhi %I Concept %p 3 v. in 1 (xxxvi, a-k, 741 pp.) %O "Published under the Authority of the Bihar Government." %O Contents: v. 1. Civil law in Santal society -- v. 2. Bitlaha -- v. 3. Civil justice in tribal India, with special reference to the Santal Parganas %L U.HI. ASIA KPN .I4 A73 1984 %A Avery, John %D 1885 %T On the Khasi language %J Journal of the American Oriental Society %V 11 %J clxxiii-clxxv %% #S313; |* %K Khasi %A Aze, F. Richard %D 1971 %U An alternative treatment of glottalization in Gorum %C Jalaput %I unpubl. %O According to A. Zide 1978, argues for treating the glottalized consonants as the sequence glottal stop plus nasal, or in the case of */j/, glottal stop plus /i/; cf. Aze n.d. %% #Zide, A. 1978, 1982; |* %K Gorum %A Aze, F. Richard %D 1973 %T Clause patterns in Parengi-Gorum %B Patterns in clause, sentence, and discourse, 1: Sentence and discourse %E Trail, Ronald. %S SIL papers in linguistics, 41 %C Norman, Oklahoma %I Summer Institute of Linguistics %P 235-312 %% #Zide, A. 1982; Summer Institute of Linguistics catalog 1981; ISBN 0-88312-048-8; |* %K Gorum %A Aze, F. Richard %D 1973 %T Parengi (Gorum) %B Patterns in clause, sentence, and discourse, 4: Word lists %E Trail, Ronald. %S SIL papers in linguistics, 41 %C Norman, Oklahoma %I Summer Institute of Linguistics %P passim %O A parallel semantically arranged list of 1700 words in seven languages of Nepal and India, one of which is Parengi (Gorum). %% #Zide, A. 1982; #N109; Summer Institute of Linguistics catalog 1981; ISBN 0-88312-046-1; |* %K Gorum %A Aze, F. Richard %D 1973 %T Parengi (Gorum) texts %B Patterns in clause, sentence, and discourse, 3: Texts %E Trail, Ronald. %S SIL papers in linguistics, 41 %C Norman, Oklahoma %I Summer Institute of Linguistics %P 213-262 %O 27 texts with grammatical analysis and English translations. %% #Zide, A. 1982; #N108; Summer Institute of Linguistics catalog 1981; ISBN 0-88312-045-3; |* %K Gorum %A Aze, F. Richard %D 1974 %T The status of glottalization in Parengi (Gorum) %B Proceedings of the All-India Conference of Linguists, 1972 %E ?? %C ?? %I ?? %P 82-95 %O Previous diachronic studies have proposed that glottalization in Munda languages arises in part, or in whole, from underlying voiced stops. However, a synchronic study of Parengi, a South Munda language, suggests a simpler and more satisfying solution in which glottalization is a vocalic feature, or even a prosodic feature of two syllables. %% #N107; |* %K Gorum %A Aze, F. Richard %D n.d. %U Glottalization in Parengi: consonantal, vocalic, or prosodic? %C Puna %I unpubl. %% #Zide, A. 1982(mimeo.); |* %K Gorum %A Aze, Richard %D 1971 %T Parengi (Gorum) phonemic summary %C Poona %I Summer Institute of Linguistics/Deccan College %p 48 l. %L U.HI. ASIA PL4586 .A9 %L U.CHI. %A Ba, Juliyusa %D 1983 %T Khariya dhvanisastra = Kharia phonetics %C Ranci %I Meri Silima %p xvi, 112 pp., ill., music %O In Hindi %L U.HI. ASIA PL4579 .B53 1983 %L U.CHI. %A Bagchi, P. C. %D 1929 %T Pre-Aryan and pre-Dravidian in India %C Calcutta %I ?? %O Translations of articles by S. Levi, J. Przyluski, and J. Bloch. %% #Ng312 %A Bage, Marsallan %D 1957 %T Ph\"anomenologie der Munda-Religion [ = Phenomenology of the religion of the Mundas] %R Ph.D. thesis, Freie Universit\"at, Berlin %% #V460; |* %K Mundari %A Bahl, Kali Charan %D ?* %U A grammar and glossary of Korwa %C Chicago %I unpubl. %% #R721; |* %K Korwa %A Bailey, T. G. %D 1908 %T Languages of the northern Himalayas %C Lahore %I ?? %% #Ng313 %A Bakshi, Dhaniram %D 1945-1946 %T hind\=i-a\.mgrej\=i-ho bh\=a\.s\=a \'sik\.sak [ = A tutor of the Ho language] %v 2 vols. %C Caibasa %I ?? %% #V488; |* %K Ho %A Ball, V. %D 1871 %T Names of birds, etc., in four of the aboriginal languages of Western Bengal %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 40 %N 1 %P 103-107 %O Ho and Santal, in addition to the Dravidian languages Kol (here meaning Kurux) and Mal\'e (Malto). %% #V474; |* %K Munda %A Ball, V. %D 1880 %T Jungle life in India, or the journeys and journals of an Indian geologist %C ?? %I ?? %O On Hill-Kharia, 82-92. %% #V462; |* %K Kharia %A Banerjee, Gagan Chandra %D 1894 %T Introduction to the Kharia language %C Calcutta %I Bengal Secretariat Press %% #V463; |AAA(xerox) %+ Reprinted New Delhi: Bahri, 1982. %K Kharia %A Banerjee, Gagan Chandra %D 1982 %T Introduction to the Kharia language %C New Delhi %I Bahri Publications %p iii, ii, 45 pp. %O Reprint of the 1st ed. (Calcutta: Bengal Secretariat Press, 1894) %L U.HI. ASIA PL4579 .B37 1982 %A Banerjee, N. K. %A Bhatnagar, S. P. %A Roy Burman, B. K. %D n.d. %T Bibliography of publications in tribal languages %S Census of India, 1961 %C New Delhi %I Office of the Registrar General %p iv, 98 pp. %r [Reviewed: Language 45:3.673-678 (1969), by Zide, Norman H.] %% #Zide 1969; |* %K bibliography %A Banerji-Sastri, A. %D 1926 %T Asura expansion in India %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12 %N 2 %P 243-285 %% #contents page; |* %K Asuri %A Banerji-Sastri, A. %D 1926 %T The Asuras in Indo-Iranian literature %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12 %N 1 %P 110-139 %% #contents page; |* %K Asuri %A Barbe, P. %D 1846 %T Notice of the Nicobar Islands %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 15 %P 366-367 %O ``Small vocabulary of the Nancowry language'', 366-367. %% #S430; |* %K Nicobarese %A Barbour, Philip Lemont %D 1921 %T Buru\,caski, a language of northern Kashmir %J Journal of the American Oriental Society %V 41 %P 60-72 %O Notes similar traits in Burushaski and the Munda languages, 66f. %% #V482; |* %K Burushaski %A Bareh, Hamlet %D 1971 %T Khasi fables and folk tales %C Calcutta %I K. L. Mukhopadhyay %O Tales. %% #F230; |* %K Khasi %A Basu, Nirmal Kumar %D 1933 %T juy\=aGg jt\^ai [ = ] %J Prav\^as\^i %V 33 %P 804-809 %r [Reviewed: American anthropologist, n. s. 36.293ff. (1934), by Bonnerjea, Biren.] %O In Bengali, dated Bengali era 1340. %% #V464; #Pinnow 1969; |* %K Juang %A Basu, Sunil Kumar %A Saha, Ramendra Nath %D 1987 %T The Mundas, a profile %C Calcutta %S Bulletin of the Cultural Research Institute, special series, 29 %I Cultural Research Institute on behalf of Scheduled Castes and Tribes Welfare Dept., Govt. of West Bengal %p 70 pp., [4] leaves of plates, ill. %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.M8 B37 1987 %L U.CHI. %A Beames, John %D 1867 %T Outlines of Indian philology %C Calcutta %I ?? %O With a map showing the distribution of Indian languages, incl. Sonth\^al, K\^ol of Chyebassa, Bhumij, Mandali Kolehan or H\^o Sourada Kuar (i.e. Kur\'i). Appendix A includes numerals in Kole (Ho). %+ Reprint, ?? %% #K117; #V474; |* %K Munda, Ho %A Bell, R. C. S. %D 1945 %T Koraput District gazetteer %C Cuttack %I ?? %O Notes on Gutob, Remo, Gta', Gorum, Sora ?? %% #V465; |AAA(xerox) %K Koraput, Gutob, ?? %A Benedict, Paul K. %D 1941 %T Kinship in Southeastern Asia %R Ph.D. thesis, Harvard University %% #V486; |* %K areal and typological %A Benedict, Paul K. %D 1947 %T Languages and literatures of Indo-China %J Far Eastern Quarterly %V 6 %P 379-389 %% #Ng315 %A Benedict, Paul K. %D 1976 %T Austro-Thai and Austroasiatic %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 1 %P 1-36 %% ##; |AAA; sub Austronesian, Thai?? %K Austroasiatic %A Benedict, Paul K. %D 1990 %T Japanese/Austro-Tai %C Ann Arbor %I Karoma %p 276 pp. %S Linguistica extranea, Studia, 20 %K Japanese, Austronesian %? Munda relevance ?? %L U.HI. HMLTN PL529 .B46 1990 %A Benjamin, Geoffrey %D 1972 %T Austroasiatic subgroupings and prehistory in the Malay Peninsula %C Singapore %I Dept. of Sociology, University of Singapore %p 63 pp., ill., map %S University of Singapore, Dept. of Sociology, Working papers, 8 %O "Paper to be presented at first International Conference on Austroasiatic Linguistics, January 2-6, 1973." %L U.HI. ASIA PL5051 .B46 1972 %L U.HI. ASIA PL5051 .B46 1972 %A Berger, Mermann %D 1964 %T Vowel assimilation in Bengali and Munda %M 26th International Congress of Orientalists, New Delhi %% #Zide 1969:430 reports abstract in Proceedings of the 26th; |* %K Mundari %A Bhaduri, Manindra Bhusan %D 1931 %T A Mundari-English dictionary %C Calcutta %I ?? %O Esp. 9. %% #V484; |AAA(xerox) %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Bhaduri, Manindra Bhusan %D 1931 %T A Mundari-English dictionary, with an introduction by Rai Bahadur Sarat Chandra Roy %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V460; |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Bhaduri, Manindra Bhusan %D 1941 %T The aboriginal tribes of the Udaipur State (C. P.) %J Man in India %V 21 %P 92-126 %% #V489; |* %K miscellaneous %A Bhaduri, Manindra Bhusan %D 1942 %T Hindu influence on Munda songs %B Essays in anthropology presented to Rai Bahadur Sharat Chandra Roy %C Calcutta %I ?? %O Songs. %% #F318; |* %K Mundari %A Bhaduri, Manindra Bhushan %D 1937 %T The Korwas of the Udaipur State (C. P.) %J Man in India %V 17 %P 127-146 %% #V462; |* %K Korwa %A Bhaskararao, Peri %D 1980 %T Konekor Gadaba: a Dravidian language %C Pune %I Deccan College, Post-Graduate & Research Institute %p 134, [1] pp. %R Revision of the author's thesis (Ph. D. -- University of Poona, 1973) %K Ollari %L U.CHI. %A Bhaskararao, Peri %D 1980 %T Konekor Gadaba: a Dravidian language %C Pune %I Deccan College, Post-Graduate Institute %p 134, [1] pp. %O Revision of the author's thesis (Ph.D.) -- University of Poona, 1973 %O On Ollari, the language of the Dravidian section of the Gadabas. %L U.HI. ASIA PL4602 .B437 1980 %A Bhattacarya, Subhendusekhara %A Bandyopadhyaya, Tapana %D 1976 %T Samotali kabita %p 107 pp. %O Santali folk-songs with Bengali translations on facing pages %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.7 .S25 %A Bhattacarya, Subhendusekhara %A Bandyopadhyaya, Tapana %D 1980 %T Samotali kabita %? samgrahaka Subhendusekhara Bhattacarya ; Tapana Bandyopadhyaya sampadita %? Dey's ed. %C Kalikata %I Deja %p 135 pp. %O Santali folk songs (Bengali script) and Bengali translations on facing pages %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.7 .S25 1980 %A Bhattacharjee, Binoy %D 1980 %T Cultural oscillation: a study on Patua culture %C Calcutta %I Naya Prokash %p xx, 153 p., [6] pp. of plates, ill., %K Juang %L U.CHI. %A Bhattacharya, Binoy %D 1957 %T Sant\~ali upakath\=a [ = ] %J Swadh\=inat\=a %V ?? %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F418; |* %K Santali %A Bhattacharya, Mahashveta %D 1387 [1980] %T Cotti Munda ebam tara tira %C Kalakata %I Karuna Prakasani %p 392 pp. %O A novel in Bengali %L U.HI. ASIA PK1718.B48 C6 %A Bhattacharya, Mahashveta %D 1981 %T Birasa Munda %C Kalikata %I ?? Samparka : paribesaka, Kathasilpa %p 63 pp. %O In Bengali %K Birsa Munda (1874-1901), Chota Nagpur (India) %L U.HI. ASIA DS479.1.B5 B47 1981 %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1954 %T Studies in the Parengi language %J Indian linguistics %V 14 %P 45-63 %% ##; #V465; |OSU PK1501.I5; |AAA(xerox) %K Gorum %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1957 %T Field-notes on Nah\=ali %J Indian linguistics %V 17 %P 245-258 %% #V487; #Acharya 1978; |OSU PK1501.I5; |AAA?? %K Nahali %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1965 %T Glottal stop and checked consonants in Bonda %J Indo-Iranian journal %V 10 %P 69-71 %% #R770; |AAA(xerox) %K Remo %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1966 %T Some Munda etymologies %B Studies in comparative Austroasiatic linguistics %E Zide, Norman H. %S Indo-Iranian monographs, 5 %C The Hague %I Mouton %P 28-40 %% ##; #R722; |AAA %K Munda %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1968 %T A Bonda dictionary %S Deccan College Building Centenary and Silver Jubilee Series, 18 %C Poona %I Deccan College Postgraduate and Research Institute %p xxxvi, 212 pp. %r [Reviewed: Journal of the American Oriental Society ??.?? (??), by Norman H. Zide.] %O Based on the plains dialect of Sannasi Nayak, of Kudamgu\.ra, Dt. Koraput, Orissa, with some material from hill dialects, and an appendix of words from Elwin 1950. The preface presents a sketch of the transcription system, which is phonetic rather than strictly phonological, and a few notes on morphology and morphophonemics; it also presents 25 etymologies, citing cognates from Munda and Mon-Khmer languages. The dictionary, in Nagari order, includes 2880 entries, with loans marked. Three tales and two songs are appended, with grammatical notes and English translations, 161-174. There are indices of English meanings, of Latin and Remo terms for plants and animals, and of linguistic and ethnographic topics. %% ##; |AAA %K Remo %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4572.4 .B5 %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1970 %T The Munda languages and South-East Asia %J Bulletin of the Indian Institute of Advanced Study (Simla) %V July 1970 %P 23-31 %O Summary of a paper read to the Fellow's Seminar, AIIS, Simla; provides a brief synopsis of the study of Munda languages and of their relations to other languages, with a brief bibliography. %% ##; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1972 %T Dravidian and Munda (a good field for areal and typological studies) %B Third seminar on Dravidian linguistics %E Agesthialingom, S. %E Shanmugam, S. V. %C Annamalainagar %I Annamalai University %P 241-256 %O Reviews the history of comparisons of Dravidian and Munda languages, and briefly surveys some points of comparison: vowel harmony, ``euphonic nunnation'' (Caldwell) whereby NVCV becomes NVNCV, phonotactics, lexical and conceptual similaries, the inclusive/exclusive distinction, and inalienable possession. %% ##; |AAA(xerox -- lacks 254-255) %K areal and typological %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1975 %T Studies in comparative Munda linguistics %C Simla %I Indian Institute of Advanced Study %p xiv, 205 pp. %L U.CHI. %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1975 %T Studies in comparative Munda linguistics %C Simla %I Indian Institute of Advanced Study %p xiv, 205 pp. %O Bibliography, 199-205. %% ##; |AAA %K bibliography %L U.CHI. %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1976 %T The tribal languages of South Kerala %C Trivandrum %I Dravidian Linguistics Association %p iv, 270, 8 pp. %S Dravidian Linguistics Association, publication, 22 %O Malayalam, dialects, dictionaries %? Munda relevance ?? %L U.CHI. %A Bhattacharya, Sudhibhushan %D 1976 %T Gender in the Munda languages %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic Linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 1 %P 189-211 %% ##; |AAA %K Munda %A Bhattacharyya, Asutosh %D 1952 (published l955) %T Death-rites, funeral ceremonies and ideas of life after death among the Hill Soras of Orissa %S Bulletin of the Department of Anthropology, 1 %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V464; |* %K Sora %A Bhattacharyya, Asutosh %D 1954 %T A Bondo child's cremation %J Journal of the Andhra Historical Research Society %V 20 %P 36-38 %% #V465; |* %K Remo %A Bhattacharyya, Subenda Sekhar %D 1964 %T A garland of forest flowers %B All India Folklore Conference souvenir %C Calcutta %I The Technical and General Press %O Songs. %% #F425; |* %K Santali %A Bhattacharyya, Subenda Sekhar %D 1964 %T Santal songs: different types %J Bulletin of Deccan College Research Institute %V 3 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F426; |* %K Santali %A Bhaumika, Suhrdakumara %D 1991 %T Adibasidera bhasha o Banala %C Mecheda, Midnapore, India %I Maramburu Presa %p 67 pp. %O On the relationship of standard Bengali language with Adivasi dialects of Bengal; with special reference to the Santali. In Bengali %L U.CHI. %A Bhaumika, Suhrdakumara %D [1991] %T Adibasidera bhasha o Banala %C Mecheda, Midnapore, India %I Maramburu Presa %p 67 pp. %O In Bengali and Santali. Summary: On the relationship of standard Bengali language with Adivasi dialects of Bengal; with special reference to the Santali %L U.HI. ASIA PK1659 .B53 1991 %A Bihar Tribal Research Institute, Ranchi %D 1959 %T Regional distribution of the Munda: based on 1941 census / original supplied by the Welfare Dept., Bihar ; prepared by the Bihar Tribal Institute, Ranchi, for the Welfare Dept., Government of Bihar ?? %C Ranchi, Bihar %p col. map ; 50 x 36 cm. (Scale 1:1,520,640; 1 inch = 24 miles) %K Ethnological map, Bihar %L U.HI. MAPS G7703.B5 1941 B53 %A Biligiri, H. S. %D 1961 %T A descriptive grammar of Kharia %R Ph.D. thesis, Deccan College, Poona %O Published as Biligiri 1965. %% #R701; |* %K Kharia %A Biligiri, H. S. %D 1965 %T Kharia: phonology, grammar, and vocabulary %S Deccan College building centenary and silver jubilee series, 3 %C Poona %I Deccan College Postgraduate and Research Institute %p xviii, 106 pp. %O Phonemics, 1-34; morphology, 35-74; syntax, 75-117; Kharia-English vocabulary, in Roman order, 119-206. Separates sounds into major and minor subsystems of phonemes (roughly native versus foreign) on the basis of frequency. %% ##; |AAA(3 copies); |computer %K Kharia %A Biligiri, H. S. %D 1965 %T The Sora verb, a restricted study %B Indo-Pacific linguistic studies %E Milner, G. B. %E Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %C Amsterdam %I North-Holland Publishing Company %V 2 %P 231-250 %% ##; #R677 (pre-pub); |AAA %K Sora %A Biligiri, Hemmige Shriniwasarangachar %D 1965 %T Kharia: phonology, grammar and vocabulary %C Poona %I Deccan College Postgraduate and Research Institute %p xviii, 206 pp. %S Deccan College Building Centenary and Silver Jubilee Series, 3 %O "Revised version of my Ph. D. dissertation ... accepted by the University of Poona." %L U.HI. ASIA PL4579 .B5 1965 %A Biswas, P. C. %D 1956 %T Santals of the Santal Parganas %C Delhi %I ?? %% #V460; |* %K Santali %A Blagden, Charles Otto %D 1909 %T From central India to Polynesia, a new linguistic synthesis %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society ?? %V 53 %P ?? %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Blain, Edgar %D 1975 %T English-Sadri dictionary %C Jharsuguda, Orissa %I Society of the Divine Word %p viii, 223 pp. %O Appendix, 212-223, gives paradigms. %% ##; |AAA %K Sadani %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1909 %T Folklore of the Santal Parganas %C London %I ?? %O Tales, songs, ballads, proverbs. %% #F462; |* %K Santali %? Error? really = Bompas 1909 ?? %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1922 %T Materials for a Santali grammar, I Mostly phonetic %C Dumka %I ?? %+ 2d ed., Bodding 1930 %% #V459; |AAA %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1924 %T A chapter of Santal folklore %S Royal Frederik University, Kristiania, Indian Institute publications 1.41-119 ?? %C Kristiania (i.e. Oslo) %I A. W. Brogger %p 41-119 pp. %O Santali folk tales, with English translation %% #Flutes; #F467 (gives AP as Kristiania: A. W. Broggers with s ??); |* %K Santali %L U.HI. HMLTN GR305 .B631c %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1924 %T Hor khaniko: Santal folktales %C Benagaria %I Santal Mission of the Northern Churches %O Tales. %% #F463; |* %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1925-1929 %T Santal folk tales %O Preface by Sten Konow %C Oslo/Cambridge, MA %I H. Aschehoug & Co./Harvard University Press %p 3 v. %S Instituttet for sammenlignende kultur forskning, Publikationer, ser. B: Skrifter %O Santal text with English translation on opposite pages. Contents: v. I. Stories about jackals. Stories about women -- v. II. Humorous tales. Stories referring to ogres. [v. III. ??] %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4563 .Z73 1925 %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1926a %T The meanings of the words buru and bonga in Santali %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12 %N 1 %P 63-77 %O Cf. Bodding 1926b. %% #V459; |AAA(xerox) %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1926b %T Further notes on the burus and the bongas %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12 %N 2 %P 286-288 %O Cf. Bodding 1926a. %% #V459; |AAA(xerox, lacks 288) %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1929 %T A Santali grammar for beginners %C Benagaria %I ?? %+ Reprinted 1952 %% #V459; |* %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1929 %T Materials for a Santali grammar, II Mostly morphological %C Dumka %I Santal Mission of the Northern Churches %O Cf. Bodding 1929-1920 %% #V459; |AAA(xerox) %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1929 %T Santali grammar %C Santal Parganas, Deoghar %I Santal Pharia seva Mandal %O Devanagari. %% #N127; |* %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1929-1930 %T Materials for a Santali grammar %C Dumka %I Santal Mission of the Northern Churches %p 2 v. %O Contents: v. 1. Mostly phonetic (2d ed., 1930.) -- v. 2. Mostly morphological %L U.CHI. %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1929-1936 %T A Santal dictionary %v 5 vols. %C Oslo %I Norske Videnskaps-Akademi %p (vol. 1, a-c) xvi, iv, 652 pp.; (vol. 2, d-gh) iv, 548 pp.; (vol. 3, h-kh) iv, 752 pp.; (vol. 4, l-ph) iv, 750 pp.; (vol. 5, r-y) iv, 704 pp. %O ``A masterpiece of learning'' -- W. G. Archer. Index of words of ethnological interest, 5.702-704. Numerous word comparisons, passim. %% #V459; #V475; #V484; |AAA %K Santali; general and comparative: Munda; comparisons with non-Austroasiatic languages: Indo-Aryan %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1929-1936 %T A Santal dictionary ... %C Oslo %I I kommisjon hos J. Dybwad %p 5 v. %O At head of title: Det Norske videnskaps-akademi i Oslo %O Santal-English dictionary %L U.HI. HMLTN REF PL4563.Z5 B6 [v. 1] %L U.HI. HMLTN REF PL4563.Z5 B6 v. 2 %L U.HI. HMLTN REF PL4563.Z5 B6 v. 3 %L U.HI. HMLTN REF PL4563.Z5 B6 v. 4 %L U.HI. HMLTN REF PL4563.Z5 B6 v. 5 %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1930 %T Materials for a Santali grammar, I Mostly phonetic %e 2nd ed. %C Dumka %I Santal Mission of the northern churches %O A reprint of the first (1922) edition with very few, mostly formal, alterations. %% #V459; |AAA(xerox) %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1932 %T Les Santals %J Journal asiatique %V 221 %P 43-65 %O A brief general description of the tribe. %% #V487; |AAA(xerox) %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1940 %T Santal riddles %S Royal Frederik University, Kristiania, Publications of the Indian Institute, ?? %% #F466; #Flutes cites as Book publ. Oslo; |* %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1940 %T Santal riddles and Witchcraft among the Santals %C Oslo %I A. W. Broggers %p 210-326 pp. %S Oslo Universitet, Ethnografiske Museum, Skrifter, Bind 3, hefte 5 %O Riddles and texts in Santali with English translation %L U.HI. HMLTN PN6377.S3 B6 %? Same as "Santal riddles" ?? %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1940 [?? also cited as 1925-1940] %T Studies in Santal medicine and connected folklore: part I, The Santals and disease; part II, Santal medicine; part III, How the Santals live %J Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 10 %N 1/2/3 %P 1-132/133-426/427-502 %O Songs, tales, proverbs. %+ Reprinted Calcutta: Kendra, 1983; Calcutta: Asiatic Society, 1986 %% #F464; #V459; |* #L Hopkins AS472.B42 v. 10 %K Santali %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1952 %T A Santali grammar for beginners %C Benagaria %I The Santal Mission of the northern churches %p 123 leaves %+ Reprint of 1st ed., 1929 %L U.CHI. %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1983 %T Santal medicine %S Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, v. 10, no. 2 %C Calcutta %I Janasiksha Prochar Kendra: Sole distributor Book Trust %p 14, [2], [133]-426 pp. %O Originally published: Calcutta: Asiatic Society, Calcutta %L U.CHI. %A Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1986 %T Studies in Santal medicine & connected folklore %S Memoirs of the Asiatic Society; vol. 10 %C Calcutta %I Asiatic Society %p vi, 502 pp. %O Originally published: Calcutta: Asiatic Society, 1925-1940 %L U.CHI. %A Bompas, Cecil Henry %D 1902 %T Folklore of the Kolh\=an %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 71 %N 3 %P 62ff %O Ballads, tales, proverbs. %% #K118; #F475; |* %K Ho %A Bompas, Cecil Henry %D 1909 %T Folklore of the Santhal Parganas %C London %I David Nutt %O Songs, tales, ballads, etc. %% #V487; #F472; |* %K Santali %A Bonnerjea, Biren %D 1935 %T A Munda nyelvekr\'ol [ = ] %J Magyar Nyelv\'or %V 64 %P 99-102/124-130 %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Bonnerjea, Biren %D 1937 %T Traces of Ugrian occupation of India %J Indian culture %V 3 %P 621-632 %O Reviews and contributes evidence to support Hevesy's theory that Munda belongs to the same family as Hungarian %% #V483; |AAA(xerox) %L OSU DS401.1424 %K Finno-Ugric %A Borgohain, A. K. %D 1973 %T Folk tales of NEFA %C New Delhi %I Sterling Publishers %O Tales. %% #F478; |* %K other?? %A Bose, Nirmal Kumar %D 1928 %T Marriage and kinship among the Juangs %J Man in India %V 8 %P 233-242 %% #V464; |* %K Juang %A Bose, Nirmal Kumar %D 1929 %T Juang associations %J Man in India %V 9 %P 47-53 %% #Dasgupta 1978, #V464; |* %K Juang %A Bose, Nirmal Kumar %D 1930 %T A Juang ceremony %J Man in India %V 10 %P 178-181 %% #Pinnow 1969; |* %K Juang %A Bouez, Marine %A Bouez, Serge %D 1975 %T Le mythe de cr\'eation santal [ = The Santal myth of creation] %J Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien %V 6 %N 4 %P 125-164 %% #mks8; |AAA %K Mundari %A Bowles, Gordon T. %D 1943 %T Linguistic and racial aspects of the Munda problem %B Studies in the anthropology of Oceania and Asia, presented in memory of Roland Burage Dixon, IV %S Papers of the Peabody Museum of America, archeology and ethnology, Harvard University, 20 %P 81-101 %O Critical review of the various theories. %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Boxwell, J. %D 1887 %T On the Santali language %J Transactions of the Philological Society %V 1887 %P 380-385 %% #N133; |* %K Santali %A Bradley-Birt, F. B. %D 1903 %T Chota-Nagpore, a little-known province of the Empire. With an introduction by the Right Hon. The Earl of Northbrook %C London %I Smith, Elder and Co. %% #V486; |* %K miscellaneous %A Brandreth, E. L. %D 1878 %T On the non-Aryan languages of India %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society %V n.s. 10 %P 1-32 %O Khasi, 25-27; Mon-Khmer, 28-30. %% #S307; |* %K Khasi %A Brandreth, E. L. %D 1878 %T On the non-Aryan languages of India %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society %V n.s. 10 %P 1-32 %O Treats Kolarian, the Mon-Annam languages, and Khasi separately. %% #V477; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Briggs, John %D 1851 %T On the aboriginal tribes of India %J Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal %V April-October 1851 %P 331-344 %% #V473; |* %K Munda %A Briggs, Lawrence Palmer %D 1945 %T How obsolete are the theories of Professor Dixon and Pater Schmidt? %J Journal of the American Oriental Society %C 65 %P 56-58 %% #V480; #V483 (cites 57ff.); |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Briggs, Lawrence Palmer %D 1945 %T How obsolete are the theories of Professor Dixon and Pater Schmidt? %J Journal of the American Oriental Society %V 65 %P 56-58 %% #V480; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Burgmann, Arnold %D 1954 %T P. W. Schmidt als Linguist [ = Pater W. Schmidt as a linguist] %J Anthropos %V 49 %P 627-658 %O The position of the Mon-Khmer people, 633-641. %% #V480; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Burrow, T. %D 1946 %T Loanwords in Sanskrit %J Transactions of the Philological Society %V 1946 %P 1-30 %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Burrow, Thomas %D 1946 %T Loanwords in Sanskrit %J Transactions of the Philological Society %V 1946 %P 1-30 %O Two Austroasiatic loanwords in Dravidian, 25 f. %% #V484; |* %K %d 1930 %A Burrow, Thomas %D 1955 %T The Sanskrit language %C London %I ?? %O Ch. 8, Non-Aryan influence on Sanskrit, 373-388; Munda specifically, 377-379. %% #V486; |AAA %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Burrows, Lionel %D 1915 %T Ho grammar, with vocabulary %O Reprinted as: The grammer [i.e. grammar] of the Ho language: an eastern Himalayan dialect / Lionel Burrows. New Delhi: Cosmo %C Calcutta %I Catholic Orphan Press %L U.CHI. %A Burrows, Lionel %D 1915 %T Ho grammar, with vocabulary %C Calcutta %I Catholic Orphan Press %O Reprinted as: The grammer [i.e. grammar] of the Ho language : an eastern Himalayan dialect [sic], (New Delhi: Cosmo, 1980). %p vii, 194 pp. %L U.HI. ASIA PL4547.1 .B87 1980 %A Burrows, Lionel %D 1980 %T The grammer [i.e. grammar] of the Ho language: an eastern Himalayan dialect %C New Delhi %I Cosmo %p vii, 194 pp. %O Reprint of: Ho grammar, with vocabulary. Calcutta: Catholic Orphan Press, 1915. [Ho is not ``an eastern Himalayan dialect'' but a Munda language.] %L U.CHI. %A Burrows, Lionel B. %D 1915 %T Ho grammar (with vocabulary) %C Calcutta %I Catholic Orphan Press %p vii, 194 pp. %+ Reprinted as The grammar of the Ho language, an Eastern Himalayan dialect (sic), New Delhi: Cosmo Publications 1980 %% ##(xerox); #V461; |AAA(xerox, repr.); #Stanford Libraries PL4547.B8 %K Ho %A Cabaton, Antoine %D 1905 %T Dix dialectes indochinois recuillis par Prosper Odend'hal, \'etude linguistique [ = Ten Indo-Chinese dialects collected by Prosper Odend'hal, a linguistic study] %J Journal asiatique, s\'er. 10 ?? %V 5 %N 166 %P 265-344 %O 1 Cam, malais, jarai, kanco, kh\=a b\=i, ra\.d\'e; 2 a) khme`r, vieux khme`r, crau, kuy, pnon, por, samre, prou, stien; b) alak, bahnar, boloven, curu, halan, de\.dan, kahov (k\"oho), kasen, kon-tu, lav\'e, niah\'on, su\'e, taren; c) khmus, lemet, mi, nan~an [??]. %% #V476; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Campbell, A. %D 1953-1954 %T Campbell's Santali-English dictionary %O 3d ed. %E Macphail, R. M. %C Bihar, India %I Santal Christian Council %p 2 v. %O Vol. 1: Santali-English dictionary, Vol. 2: English-Santali dictionary %L U.CHI. %A Campbell, A. %D 1984 %T [Campbell's] English-Santali dictionary %E Macphail, R. M. %C Calcutta %I Eastern Books %O Distributor: Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p 234 pp. %O English and Santali (Roman) %O Reprint of 3rd ed. (date ??) %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4563.4 .C36 1984 %A Campbell, Andrew %D 1899-1902 %T A Santali-English dictionary %v In three parts: part 1 1899, part 2 1900, part 3 1902 %C Pokhuria %I Santal Mission Press %+ 2d ed., Macphail 1933; 3d ed., Macphail 1953; English-Santali, Macphail 1954 %% #V459; |* %K Santali %A Campbell, G. A. ?? %D 1891 %T Santal folk tales %C Pokhuria %I Santal Mission Press %O Tales, legends collected in the Manbhum district of West Bengal. %% #F532; #Flutes cites A. Campbell, Pokhuria 1899; |* %K Santali %A Campbell, George %D 1866 %T The ethnology of India %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 35 %N 2 (supplementary number) %O Kolarian family, 34ff; also Dalton, E. T., The ``Kols'' of Chota-Nagpore, 153-198. Appendix B, 204ff, has a Comparative table of aboriginal words, including Singbhum Kols or Hos, and Sontals. Appendix F, 266ff, has a Brief Vocabulary of the Moondah and cognate languages of the Kolarian type, by Dalton (with Moondah, Ho, Kherriah, Putoooas or Juang, Sonthal, Bhumiz, Coour (Kuri)). Appendix G, 268 ff., reprints Tickell 1840a and 1840b. %% #Dasgupta 1978; #K117; #V464; |* %K Munda, Ho, Santali, Mundari, Kharia, Juang, Bhumij, Kuri %A Campbell, George %D 1874 %T Specimens of languages of India, including those of the aboriginal tribes of Bengal, the Central Provinces, and the Eastern Frontier %C Calcutta %I Bengal Secretariat Press %p (2), 4, 303 pp. %O Includes Juang, Bhumij of Manbhum, Khasi %% #S304; #Dasgupta 1978 (cited as 1872); |* %K Juang, Bhumij, Khasi %A Canney, M. A. %D n.d. %T The Santhal and their folklore %J Folklore (London) %V 39 %P ?? %O Tales, songs. %% #F533); |* %K Santali %A Carmichael, D. F. %D 1869 %T A manual of the District of Vizagatapam in the Presidency of Madras %C Madras %I ?? %O Appendix V, Comparative vocabulary of Telugu and the dialects of the principal wild races, in the District of Vizagapatam, 357-371. %% #V465; |* %K Sora, Gutob %A Caure, Narayana %D 1987 %T Koraku janajati ka samskrtika itihasa %C Nagapura %I Visvabharati Prakasana %p 119, 20, 2 p., [12] pp. of plates %O History, culture, and social organization of the Korku people of Madhya Pradesh; in Hindi %L U.CHI. %A Chaklader, Snehamoy %D 1978 %T Language shift among the Santals in West Bengal %M Tenth International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, New Delhi %O ``This is a case study based on the theory of language shift. The selection of the Santal for this specific study is not only due to their numerical strength (54.35 percent of the population of West Bengal), but also because of their resilience and ability to insulate their language and culture from the influence of their neighbours.'' -- from XICAES Abstracts, vol. 2. %% #N135; |* %K Santali %A Chakravarti, P. N. %D ?* %U Gata' folktales %C Chicago %I unpubl. %O Some sixty folktales (mostly fables, a few myths) from plains Gta', and two from hill Gta', edited with translation and grammatical notes, with a skeleton phonology and grammar. %% #R699; |* %K Gta' %A Charencey, de ?? %D 1901 %T Note sur la langue Santali [ = Note on the Santali language] %J Journal asiatique, s\'er. 9 ?? %V 17 %N 158 %P 350-351 %O Santali is the main dialect of the Kolarian family, which perhaps was in India before the arrival of the Dravidians. A few Santali words are compared to words of the Mon or Annamite group to show that the former borrowed from the latter. Similarities to Australian words are cited as evidence of contact with ``black Oceanians''. %% #V482; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Chatterjee, Suhas %D 1963 %T On Didei nouns, pronouns, numerals, and demonstratives %C Chicago %I mimeo. %O Three classifications of nouns are proposed: (1) According to possible affixes, with animates taking the accusative suffix, kinship animates taking in addition personal possessor suffixes, and inanimates taking neither; (2) according to whether the noun has a combining form, and if so, how this is formed, relative to the (longer) free form; (3) according to the concord of numeral classifiers, into human, animate, and inanimate. Nominal compounds include (1) copulatives, either Noun + Noun, or Noun + Echo (e.g. /\=nka/ in /\=nku-\=nka/ `tigers and so forth'), and (2) determinatives, both dependent (Noun + Noun, either modifier-first e.g. /raja-\.dua/ `king's house', or modifier-last, e.g. /h\aeik'-luk'/ `earwax', lit. `excrement-ear') and descriptive (Noun + Noun, e.g. /ko\.tla-kito/ `a god named Kotle', or Adjective + Noun, e.g. /toloe-bir/ `white stone'. Personal pronouns distinguish three persons and three numbers. They have special forms with the accusative and genitive suffixes, as personal affixes with kinterms, and as subject affixes with verbs; in the latter forms, number is syncretized in the first and third persons. The numerals 1,...,10 take classifier suffixes before nouns (see above). Complex numerals are decimal to 19 and decimal-vigesimal to 399. The paper concludes with lists of nominal affixes of emphasis and case, pospositions, and demonstratives, and a summary of their phrase structures. %% #R700; #N5; |*?? %K Gta' %A Chatterjee, Suhas %D 1965 %T Notes on Gatah %C ?? %I ?? %O MS %% #N7 %A Chatterji, A. N. %A Das, T. C. %D 1927 %T The Hos of Seraikella, pt. 1 %S Calcutta University anthropological papers, n. s. 1 %% #V461; |ICF; |PU; |OCl; |* %K Ho %A Chatterji, Suniti Kumar %D 1923 %T The study of K\=ol %J Calcutta review %V 8 %P 451-473 %% #V474; |* %K Munda %A Chatterji, Suniti Kumar %D 1923 %T The study of K\=ol %J Calcutta review %V 8 %P 451-473 %% #V484; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Chatterji, Suniti Kumar %D 1926 %T The origin and development of the Bengali language %v In 2 parts %C Calcutta %I Calcutta University Press %+ Reprint, London: George Allen & Unwin, 1970 (3 vols) %+ Reprint, Calcutta: Rupa, 1975 (3 vols) %O Esp. 1.2, 28-29, 68. %% #V485; |AAA %K Austroasiatic %A Chatterji, Suniti Kumar %D 1932 %T Two new Indo-Aryan etymologies %J Zeitschrift f\"ur Indologie und Iranistik %V 9 %P 31-40 %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Chatterji, Suniti Kumar %D 1935 %T A Roman alphabet for India, Calcutta phonetic studies %J Journal of the Department of Letters, University of Calcutta?? %V 27 %P 50-51 %O Discusses the reception of an alphabet proposed for Santali and Mundari. %% #V475; |* %K Munda %A Chatterji, Suniti Kumar %D 1936 %T Non-Aryan elements in Indo-Aryan %J Journal of the Greater India Society %V 3 %N 1 %P 43-49 %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Chattopadhyay, K. P. %D 1941 %T Khasi kinship and social organization %S Calcutta University anthropological papers, n. s. 6 %C Calcutta %I Calcutta University %% #V472; |ICF; |PU; |OCl; |* %K Khasi %A Chattopadhyay, Kshitis Prasad %D 1963 %T Some materials for social education of tribals in eastern India %C [Calcutta] %I Calcutta University %p viii, 166 pp. %K Santals, Mundas, Hos, Savaras (Soras, Saoras), Lepchas %L U.HI. ASIA DS430 .C48 %A Chaudhuri, N. C. %D 1977 %T Munda social structure %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p vi, 137 pp., maps %L U.CHI. %A Chaudhury, Indu Roy %D 1970 %T Folk tales of Santhals %C New Delhi %I Sterling Publishers %O Tales. %% #F659; |* %K Santali %A Choudhury, N. C. %D 1977 %T Munda social structure %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p vi, 137 pp., maps %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.M8 C48 %A Choudhury, N. C. %D 1977 %T Munda social structure %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p viii, 137 pp. %O Description of the Munda system of kinship and marriage, and its permeation into economic and socio-political life. Contents: ch. I, Introduction; ch. II, The setting: the village and its people; ch. III, The universal descent groups; ch. IVVI, Family and kinship; ch. V, Kinship and the cycle of life; ch. VI, Panch and Parha; ch. VII, The Munda and their neighbors. #@ Firma KLM Private Limited, 257B B. B. Ganguly Street, Calcutta-70012 %% ##; |* %L Hopkins DS432.M8C481 1977 %K Mundari %A Cole, F. T. %D 1875 %T Santali folklore %J Indian antiquary %V 4 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F835; |* %K Santali %A Cole, F. T. %D 1875 %T Santali riddles %J Indian antiquary %V 4 %P 164 %% #Flutes; #F834; |* %K Santali %A Cole, F. T. %D 1879 %T Glossary of Santali %J Indian antiquary %V 8 %P 197ff %% #N140; |* %K Santali %A Cole, F. T. %D 1879 %T List of words and phrases with their Santali equivalents %J Indian antiquary %V 8 %P 194-196 %% #N138; |* %K Santali %A Cole, T. %D 1896 %T A Santali primer %C Pokhuria %I Santal Mission Press %S Pp. viii, 128 %+ 2d ed. Cole 1906 %% #V459; |* %K Santali %A Cole, T. %D 1906 %T A Santali primer %e 2nd ed. %C Pokhuria %I Santal Mission Press %p viii, 128 pp. %+ 1st ed. Cole 1896 %% #V459; |* %K Santali %A Cook, Walter A. %D 1965 %T A descriptive analysis of Mundari %R Ph.D. thesis, Georgetown University, Washington, D. C. %% #R772; |OSU; |* %K Mundari %A Critchfield Braine, Jean %D 1970 %T Nicobarese grammar (Car dialect). %R Ph.D. thesis, University of California, Berkeley %% #Cr. Braine 1976; |* %K Nicobarese %A Critchfield Braine, Jean %D 1976 %T Numeration in Car Nicobarese %J Linguistics %V 174 %P 21-29 %% ##; |AAA %K Nicobarese %A Critchfield, Jean %D 1962 %T Car Nicobarese phonology %C Berkeley %I unpubl. %% #R757; |*?? %K Nicobarese %A Critchfield, Jean %D 1963 %U A binary comparison of the Car and Central dialects of Nicobarese %C Berkeley %I unpubl. %O A reconstruction of Proto-Nicobarese based on Car data of the author and of Whitehead, and on Central (Nancowry) data of Man. On the basis of 211 cognates the consonants /p t c k f s m n J G r~ l v r y h ?/ are reconstructed, all but six of the correspondences being identities in all environments. Vowel reconstructions are less certain, the proposed inventory (like that of the consonants) matching that of Car. It is suggested that the Central vowels may have been inadequately transcribed. Despite the slight phonological divergence between the two dialects, the number of cognates is rather small. A Nicobarese custom of word-taboo is discussed as a possible explanation for this accelerated replacement of lexical items. %% #R758; |* %K Nicobarese %A Critchfield, Jean %D 1963 %U Loanwords in Car Nicobarese %C Berkeley %I unpubl. %O Loanwords from French (2), Burmese (2), English (14), and Hindi-Urdu (53, of which 11 are in turn from English, 3 from Portuguese, and 2 from Persian) are identified, and the effect of the loans on the Car phonological system is discussed in the light of a contrastive sketch of the systems of the donor languages. %% #R759; |* %K Nicobarese %A Critchfield, Jean %D 1964 %T Portuguese loanwords in Car Nicobarese %M American Oriental Society, Western Branch, San Francisco %O An examination of ?? Nicobarese words of ultimately Portuguese origin, with a detailed discussion of the history of Nicobarese contact with other languages, many of which have themselves borrowed from Portuguese. The form of eight of these words shows them to have passed through intermediary languages, while the rest could be direct borrowings. %% #R761; |* %K Nicobarese %A Critchfield, Jean %D 1964 %U Car Nicobarese morphology I: the substantive %C Berkeley %I unpubl. %O A stratificational description including morphophonemic statements. Substantives are divided into object pronouns and nouns, and the latter into two morphological classes depending on whether they take numerative morphemes when preceded by numerals. %% #R760; |* %K Nicobarese %A Crooke, C. William %D 1949 %T Tribal heritage, a study of the Santhals %C London %I Lutterworth Press %O Songs. %% #F898; |* %K Santali %A Crooke, W. %D 1892 %T A vocabulary of the Korwa language %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 61 %N 1 %P 125-128 %% #V461; |AAA(xerox) %K Korwa %A Culshaw, W. J. %A Archer, W. G. (William George) %D 1945 %T The Santal rebellion %J Man in India %V 25 %P 223-239 %O Songs. %% #Orans; #Flutes (wo WJC); #F906; |* %K Santali %A Culshaw, W. J. %D 1949 %T Tribal heritage, a study of the Santals %C London %I Lutterworth Press %p xii, 211 pp., map %O Contents: ch. 1, The making of a people; ch. 2, The Santal and his neighbours; ch. 3, The rhythm of daily life; ch. 4, Dancing, music and poetry; ch. 5, Some folk-tales; ch. 6, Myths and the clan organization; ch. 7, The world invisible (1); ch. 8, The world invisible (2); ch. 9, Festivals; ch. 10, Birth and initiation; ch. 11, Marriage; ch. 12, Death; ch. 13, The impact of Christian missions; ch. 14, The new community; app. A, Santal kinship terms (pp. 191-195),; app. B, Santali text of songs (pp. 195-202); app. C, Glossary (pp. 203-206); app. D, Bibliography; app. E, Index. %% ##; #V487; #Orans 1965; |* %L Hopkins DS432.S6C8 1949 %K Santali %A Cust, R. N. %D 1884 %T Grammatical note and vocabulary of the language of the Korku, a Kolarian tribe in Central India %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society %V n.s. 16 %P 164-179 %% #V462; |* %K Korku %A Cust, Robert Needham %D 1878 %T A sketch of the modern languages of the East Indies, accompanied by two language maps %C London %I Tr\"ubner %p xii, 198 pp., 2 maps %O Khasi family, 117-118. %% #S308; |* %K Khasi %A Dalgado, Sebasti\~ao Rodolfo %D 1913 %T Influ\^encia do vocabul\'ario portugu\^es em l\'inguas asi\'aticas (abrangendo c\^erca de cinquenta idiomas) [ = Influence of Portuguese vocabulary on Asiatic languages (??)] %C Coimbra %I Imprensa da Universidade %p cii, 253 pp., map %t Translation, Dalgado 1936 %O Arranged under Portuguese words; index to Khasi words, 227; Nicobarese words, 235. %% #S326; |* %K Nicobarese %A Dalgado, Sebasti\~ao Rodolfo %D 1936 %T Portuguese vocables in Asiatic languages, translated into English with notes, additions, and comments %S Gaekwad's oriental series, 74 %C Baroda %I Oriental Institute %p cxxvi, 520 pp. %t Translation of Dalgado 1913 %O Index to Khasi words, 439; Nicobarese, 493. %% #S331; |* %K Khasi %A Dalton, Edward Tuite %D 1872 %T Descriptive ethnology of Bengal %C Calcutta %I Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing %p vi, 340 pp., frontispiece, 34 plates, tables %O Contains comparative wordlist by Rakhal Das Haldar (Ho, Kharia, Juang), Khasi wordlist, pp. 235-241. %% #K118; #V464; #Dasgupta 1978; #S303; |* %K Ho, Kharia, Juang, Khasi %A Das, Tarakchandra %D 1931 %T The Bhumijas of Seraikella %S Calcutta University anthropological papers, n.s. 2 %C Calcutta %I Calcutta University %% #V461; |ICF; |PU; |OCl; |* %K Bhumij %A Das, Tarakchandra %D 1931 %T The wild Kharias of Dhalbhum %S Calcutta University anthropological papers, n.s. 3 %C Calcutta %I Calcutta University %% #V463; |ICF; |PU; |OCl; |* %K Kharia %A Dasgupta, Dipankar %D 1978 %T Linguistic studies in Juang, Kharia Thar, Lodha, Mal-Pahariya, Ghatoali, Pahariya %C Calcutta %I Anthropological Survey of India. Govt. of India %p xiii, 255 pp. %O Juang sketch and vocabulary, 1-90. %@ 27 Jawaharlal Nehru Road, Calcutta 700 016 %K Juang, Bengal, Orissa %% ##; ; |AAA %L U.CHI. %L U.HI. ASIA PK121 .D37 %A Dass, Jaya Deo %D 1959 %T Ho bh\=as\=a aur usk\=a s\=ahitya [ = ] %C Darbhanga %I ?? %O Rashtra Bhasha, Parishad. Tales, proverbs, etc. %% #F942; |* %K Ho %A Datta, Kalikinkar %D 1940 %T The Santal Insurrection of 1855-57 %C Calcutta %I University of Calcutta %% #Orans 1965; |* %K Santali %A Datta-Majumder, Nabendu %D 1955 %T The Santal: a study in culture-change %S Department of Anthropology, Government of India, memoir, 2 %C Delhi %I Manager of Publications %O Ethnographic. %% #Orans 1965; |* %K Santali %A De Smet, J. %D 1891 %T Rudiments of a Mundari grammar %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V460; |* %K Mundari %A DeArmond, Richard C. %D 1965 %U Grammatical categories of the Gutob verb %C Chicago %I unpubl. %% #R691; |* %K Gutob %A DeArmond, Richard C. %D 1976 %T Proto-Gutob-Remo-Gtaq stressed monosyllabic vowels and initial consonants %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 1 %P 213-227 %% ##; |AAA %K Gutob-Remo-Gta' %A DeArmond, Richard C. %D ?* %U Compound words in Gutob %C Chicago %I unpubl. %% #R690; |* %K Gutob %A DeArmond, Richard C. %D ?* %U On intonation in Gutob %C Chicago %I unpubl. %% #R692; |* %K Gutob %A Deeney, J. %D 1975 %T Ho grammar and vocabulary %C Chaibasa, Dt. Singhbhum, Bihar %I Xavier Ho Publications, St. Xavier's High School %p xxiv, 216 pp. %O N.d.; 1975 acc. to Deeney 1978. Supplied with ``Some points to be revised in Ho grammar and vocabulary'', 1978, pp. iv. %% ##; |AAA %K Ho %A Deeney, J. %D ?? %T Comparison of the Munda and Ho languages %B The Munda world %E ??. %C ?? %I ?? %P 1-9 %% ##(offpr.); |AAA(offpr.) %K Ho %A Deeney, John J. %D 1975 %T Ho grammar and vocabulary %C Chaibasa %I Xavier Ho Publications %p xxiv, 216, [2] pp. %L U.CHI. %A Deeney, John J. %D 1978 %T Ho-English dictionary %C Chaibasa %I Xavier Ho Publications %p xi, 376 pp. %O English and Ho (Roman and Devanagari script) %L U.CHI. %A Deeney, John J. %D 1978 %T Ho-English dictionary %C Chaibasa %I Xavier Ho Publications %p xi, 376 pp. %O Ho (in Roman and Devanagari script), with English glosses. %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4547.4 .D44 %A Deeney, John J. %D [1975] %T Ho grammar and vocabulary %C Chaibasa %I Xavier Ho Publications %p xxiv, 216, [2] pp. %L U.HI. ASIA PL4547 .D4 %A Deogam, Kanhu %D 1928 %T A Ho folk-story %J Man in India %V 8 %P 243-247 %% #V461; #F1048(author cited as Kanha Deegam); |* %K Ho %A Deogaonkar, S. G. %A Deogaonkar, S. S. %D 1990 %T The Korku tribals %O foreword by B. K. Roy Burman %C New Delhi %I Concept %p 134 pp., ill. %S Castes and tribes of India, 1 %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.K62 D46 1990 %A Deogaonkar, S. G. (Shashishekhar Gopal) %A Deogaonkar, S. S. %D 1990 %T The Korku tribals %O Forward by B. K. Roy Burman %C New Delhi %I Concept Pub. Co. %p 134 pp. %S Castes and tribes of India, 1 %K Kurku %# ISBN: 81-7022297-4 %L U.CHI. %A Dhall, Golok Behari %D 1957 %T The languages and dialects spoken in Orissa %J Indian linguistics %V 17 %P 39-43 %O A brief survey, with mention of the Munda languages Mundari, Ho, and Santali in Mayurbhanja Dt., Gadba [Gutob] in Koraput Dt., Saora [Sora] in Ganjam and Koraput Dts, and Juang in Keunjhar and Dhenkanal Dts. Also names Bhumij, Bhuyan, Kol, Laria [Kharia?], Patua [Juang?], without locating them. %% ##; #V489; #Acharya 1978; |AAA(xerox) %L OSU PK1501.I5 %K miscellaneous %A Diffloth, Gerard %D 1976 %T An appraisal of Benedict's views on Austroasiatic and Austro-Thai relations %C Kyoto %I Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University %p 20, iii pp. %S Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Discussion paper, 82 %K Paul K. Benedict, Austro-Thai language, Austronesian languages, Tai languages %L U.HI. ASIA PL5027.B43 D53 %A Drake, John %D 1897 %T Koro shiring do Dharompustako mand, Kurku hymns and Bible words %C ?? %I ?? %% #V462; |* %K Korku %A Drake, John %D 1903 %T A grammar of the Kurku language %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V462; |AAA(xerox) %K Korku %A Driver, W. H. P. %D 1888/1891 %T Notes on some Kolarian tribes %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %J 57/60 %N 1/1 %P 7-18/24-37 %O Brief notes on the location, history, divisions, religion, and customs of seven tribes, usually with a sample of vocabulary: the Asur (first installment, 7-10), the Birijiyas (10-12), the Birhors (12-15), the Khariyas (15-18), the Koroas (second installment, 24-28), the Pahariya-Kharias (28-32), and the Sobors or Savaras (32-37) -- but the latter are neither ethnically nor linguistically identifiable with the Munda-speaking Sora tribe. %O ``The Asurs'', 7-10, describes a tribe of iron-smelters in the extreme west of Lohardaga district, who speak a Kolarian dialect, and briefly sketches the story of their origin and history, names their sub-tribes and septs, festivals and dances, and sketches their foods, and their customs regarding marriage, children, and death. ``The Birijiyas'', 10-12, briefly describes a small Kolarian tribe of the Barwe and Chechari parganas of Lohardaga district and the neighboring Native State of Sirguja, their origin, religion, and customs. ``The Birhors'', 12-15, describes a nomadic tribe of hunters in the Chota Nagpur hills and forests, sketching briefly their food, subtribes, religion, festivals, dances, and customs. ``The Khariyas'', 15-18, locates this tribe in the southwest corner of Lohardaga district, extending into the neighboring states of Gangpur, Jaspur, and Raiga\.rh and northern Sambhalpur district; and briefly sketches its history, divisions, religion, ceremonies, customs, festivals, and dances. ``The Koroas'', 24-28, are said to be scattered over various parts of Chota Nagpur from Palamu to the southernmost of the Native States; a list contrasting 15 words of Baroai Koroa and Manipat Koroa is given, with a brief sketch of the tribe's history, divisions, food, religion, festivals, and customs. ``The Pahariya-Kharias'', 28-32, locates this hill tribe in southern Manbhum, in Singbhum and Keonjhar, and on the borders of Gangpur and Raiga\.rh; a list contrasting 14 words of hill and plains Kharia is given, with a brief sketch of the tribe's divisions, food, religion, and customs. Pinnow 1959:462 notes that, since the Pahariya-Kharia have now given up their language (for a dialect of Bengali called Kharia-Thar), the words listed by Driver are all we have of this dialect. %% ##; #V474; |AAA(xerox) %K Munda, Asur, Birijiya, Birhor, Kharia, Koroa, Pahariya-Kharia, Sobor (Savara) %A Ehrenfels, U. R. %D 1953 %T Khasi kinship terms in four dialects %J Anthropos 48 %P 396-412 %% #V472, #S332; |AAA(xerox) %K Khasi %A Eickstedt, Egon Freiherr von %D 1944 %T Raassendynamik von Ostasien, China und Japan, Tai und Kmer von der Urzeit bis heute [ = Racial dynamics of East Asia, China and Japan, Thailand and Cambodia from prehistoric times to the present] %C Berlin %I ?? %O Copious bibliography. %% #V487; |* %K miscellaneous %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1943 %T Ten Baiga poems %J Man in India %V 23 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F1184; |* %K Santali %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1943 %T Ten Juang songs %J Man in India %V 33 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F1183; |* %K Juang %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1945 %T Two folk tales about witches %J Man in India %V 25 %P .?? %O Tales. %% #F1181; |* %K Santali %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1949 %T Myths of Middle India %C Bombay %I Oxford University Press %O Myths, legends, tales. %% #V488; #F1176; |AAA %K Munda %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1954 %T Tribal myths of Orissa %C Bombay %I Oxford University Press %O Tales, legends. %% #V488; #F1182; |AAA %K Munda %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1955 %T The religion of an Indian tribe %C London %I Oxford University Press %O Tales, legends. %% #F1196; |AAA %K Sora %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1957 %T Poetry in NEFA mythology %J March of India %V 9 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F1195.; |* %K other?? %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1961 %T Nagaland %C Shillong %I Research Department %O Songs. %% #F1186; |* %K other?? %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1961 %T When the world was young: folktales from India's hills and forest %C Delhi %I Govt. of India, Ministry of I. & B. %O Tales. %% #F1180; |* %K other?? %A Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman %D 1968 %T Myths of the North-East Frontier of India %C Shillong %I North-East Frontier Agency %O Tales, myths. %% #F1188; |* %K other?? %A Elwin, Verrier %D 1945 %T Two Bondo murderers %J Man in India 25 %P 56-65 %% #V488; |* %K Remo %A Elwin, Verrier %D 1948 %T Notes on the Juang %J Man in India 28:1, 2 %P 1-146 %% #Dasgupta 1978, #V464; |* %K Juang %A Elwin, Verrier %D 1950 %T Bondo highlander %C Bombay %I Oxford University Press %r [Reviewed: Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 16:1.177f. (1954).] %O Appendix I: Some relationship terms. %% #V465; |AAA %K Remo %A Elwin, Verrier %D 1951 %T The tribal art of Middle India %C Bombay %I ?? %% #V488; |AAA %K miscellaneous %A Elwin, Verrier %D 1951 %T The tribal art of Middle India %C Bombay %I Oxford University Press %% #V488; |AAA %K Munda %A Elwin, Verrier %D 1954 %T Tribal myths of Orissa %C Bombay %I ?? %% #V488; |AAA %K Munda %A Elwin, Verrier %D 1955 %T The religion of an Indian tribe %C London, Bombay, etc. %I Oxford University Press %r [Reviewed: Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies (London) 19.3.602-603 (1957), by F\"urer-Haimendorf, C. von] %% #V464; |AAA %K Sora %A Elwin, Verrier %D [1950] %T Bondo highlander %C [Bombay, New York] %I Oxford University Press %p xix, 290 pp., illus. (part col.) ports., map (on lining paper) %L U.HI. HMLTN DS485.O6 E4 %A Embree, John F. %A Dotson, Lillian Ota %D 1950 %T Bibliography of the peoples and cultures of mainland Southeast Asia %S Southeast Asia studies %C New Haven %I Yale University %% #V487; |* %K bibliography %A Emeneau, Murray B. %D 1956 %T India as a linguistic area %J Language %V 32 %P 3-16 %+ Reprinted in Emeneau 1980: ?? %% #V489; |*?? %K areal and typological %A Emeneau, Murray B. %D 1980 %T Language and linguistic area: Essays %C Palo Alto %I Stanford University Press %p xiv, 372 pp. %r [Reviewed Language 58:1.183-193 (1982), by Schiffman, Harold F.] %O Includes Emeneau's major writings on linguistic areas, and the Indian linguistic area in particular, with new introductory material and some updating. Fundamental work on the Indo-Aryan and Dravidian facets of the Indian linguistic area, with little on other (including Munda) languages. %% #Schiffman rev.; |* %K areal and typological %A F\"urer-Haimendorf, Christoph von %D 1942 %T Religion and ethics among the Konyak Nagas and other Indian tribes %B Essays in anthropology presented to S. C. Roy %C ?? %I ?? %P 158-168 %% #V465; |* %K Gutob %A F\"urer-Haimendorf, Christoph von %D 1943 %T Avenues to marriage among the Bondos of Orissa %J Man in India %V 23 %P 158-172 %% #V465; |* %K Remo %A F\"urer-Haimendorf, Christoph von %D 1943 %T Megalithic ritual among the Gadabas and Bondos of Orissa %J Journal and proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 9 %P 149-178 %% #V465; |* %K Gutob, Remo %A F\"urer-Haimendorf, Christoph von %D 1945 %T The Reddis of the Bison Hills %C London %I ?? %O Remarks about the Bondos, 8, 37, 49, 328, 330-335. %% #V465; |* %K Remo %A F\"urer-Haimendorf, Christoph von %D 1945 %T The problem of megalithic cultures in middle India %J Man in India %V 25 %P 73-86 %% #V489; |* %K miscellaneous %A Fernandez, Frank %A King, Robert D. %D ?* %T A grammar of Hill Remo %% #R698; |* %K Remo %A Fernandez, Frank %D 1963 %T A phonology of Remo %R M.A. thesis, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill %% #R696; |* %K Remo %A Fernandez, Frank %D 1965 %T A grammar of Remo %R Ph.D. thesis, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill %% #R697; |* %K Remo %A Fernandez, Frank %D 1967 %T A grammatical sketch of Remo: a Munda language %p ix, 160 leaves %R Thesis (Ph. D.) -- University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1967 %O Photocopy (typescript). Ann Arbor, Mich.: UMI Dissertation Information Service, 1990 %L U.CHI. %A Finck, Franz Nikolaus %D 1909 %T Die Sprachst\"amme des Erdkreises [ = The language families of the globe] %S Aus Natur und Geisteswelt, 267 %C Leipzig %I ?? %O Accepts Schmidt's Austric language family, 43 ff. %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Floor, H. %A Gheysens, V. %A Druart, G. %D 1934 %T Tea Districts Labour Association dictionary of the Kharia language: English-Kharia by H. Floor and V. Gheysens, Kharia-English by G. Druart %C Calcutta %I Catholic Orphan Press %p (3), ii, 1-50 pp. (English-Kharia); (4), 55-125 pp. (Kharia-English) %O Kharia-English section in Roman alphabetical order. %% #V488, ##, |IO, |AAA(microfilm print, bound), |M-Kh-D %K Kharia %A Fontana, Nicolas %D 1792 %T On the Nicobar Isles and the fruit of the mellori %J Asiatick researches %V 3 %P 149-163 %O Account of the islands, the people, and their culture. ``As soon as a man is dead his name is never mentioned, even if repeatedly asked'' (154). The language, said to be ``chiefly Malay, with some words borrowed from Europeans, and other strangers'', is illustrated by 143 Nancowry words, including numerals (157-160). Concludes with a description of a tree called mellori in Portuguese, larum in Nancowry, which a note by the president (of the Asiatick Society, Sir William Jones) identifies as the pandanus (163). %% #S429; |AAA(xerox) %L OSU AS472.B44 %K Nicobarese %A Forbes, C. J. F. S. %D 1878 %T On the connection of the M\=ons of Pegu with the Koles of Central India %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society %V 10 %P 234-243 %O Skeptical, but does not reject a prehistoric relationship. %% #V477; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Forchheimer, Paul %D 1953 %T The category of person in language %C Berlin %I ?? %O Khasi, 61. %% #V472; |* %K Khasi %A Fournier, Alain %D 1974 %T Les Khasi, une population Mon-Khmer de l'Inde [ = The Khasi, a Mon-Khmer people of India] %J Asie du Sud-Est et Monde Insulindien %V 5 %P 79-96 %% #mks5; |AAA %K Khasi %A Francis, W. %D 1907 %T Vizagapatam District gazetteer %C ?? %I ?? %% ##; #V465; |* %K Gutob %A Fuchs, Stephen %D 1988 %T The Korkus of the Vindhya Hills %C New Delhi %I Inter-India Publications %p 443 p., [7] pp. of plates, ill., map %S Tribal studies of India series, T 124 %# ISBN: 81-2100203-6 %L U.CHI. %A Fuchs, Stephen %D 1988 %T The Korkus of the Vindhya Hills %C New Delhi %I Inter-India Publications %p 443 pp., [7] pp., of plates, ill., map %S Tribal studies of India series, T 124 %K Kurkus %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.K62 F83 1988 %A Fuchs, Stephen %D 1990 %T Das Leben ist ein Tanz: Lieder der indischen Ureinwohner / ausgewahlt, aus den Stammessprachen ubersetzt und eingeleitet von Stefan Fuchs ?? %C [Braunschweig] %I Benziger %p 205 pp., ill. %S Klassiker der ostlichen Meditation -- Spiritualit\"at Indiens, 6 %O Contents: Einleitung -- 1. Die Bhil -- 2. Die Korku -- 3. Die Baiga -- 4. Die Gond -- Nachwort, Was konnen wir von den Adivasi lernen? -- Glossar -- Literaturverzichnis %K Korku, Kurku %L U.HI. ASIA GN635.I4 F785 1990 %A Gabelentz, G. C. von der %D 1885 %T Einiges \"uber die Sprachen der Nicobaren-Insulaner [ = A few remarks on the language of the Nicobar islanders] %J Berichte \"uber die Verhandlungen der k\"oniglich s\"achsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Philologisch-historische Classe %V 37 %P 290-307 %O Attempts to relate Nicobarese to the Indonesian language family. %% #V479; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Gabelentz, G. von der %D 1891 %T Die Sprachwissenschaft [ = Linguistics] %C Leipzig %I ?? %O Posits a ``Kolarian-Australian'' language family, 274 ff.; cf. Thomsen 1892, and the rejoinder of Konow 1906. %% #V482; |*; sub Australian?? %K Austroasiatic %A Gabelentz, Hans Conon der %D 1858 %T Grammatik und W\"orterbuch der Kassia-Sprache [ = Grammar and dictionary of the Kassia language] %J Berichte \"uber die Verhandlungen der k\"oniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig, Philologisch-historische Klasse %V 10 %P 1-66 %% #V471, #S300; |* %K Khasi %A Gabelentz, Hans Conon von der %D 1885 %T Einiges \"uber die Sprachen der Nicobaren-Insulaner [ = A few remarks on the languages of the Nicobar islanders] %J Berichte der k\"oniglichen s\"achsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Philologisch-historische Klasse %V 37 %P 296-307 [296 ??] %% #V472, #S433; |* %K Nicobarese %A Gausdal, J. %D 1942 %T The Khut system of the Santals %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V ?? %P ?? %% #V460; |* %K Santali %A Ghosh, Arun %D 1988 %T Bibliotheca Austroasiatica: a classified and annotated bibliography of the Austroasiatic people and languages %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p 130 pp. %S Netaji Institute for Asian studies monograph series 1 %L U.CHI. %A Ghosh, Arun %D 1988 %T Bibliotheca Austroasiatica: a classified and annotated bibliography of the Austroasiatic people and languages %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p 130 pp. %S Netaji Institute for Asian Studies monograph series 1 %O "Sponsored by Netaji Institute for Asian Studies, Calcutta, India" -- T.p. verso %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4281 .G46 1988 %A Ghosh, Hari Nath %D 1916 %T The Bhumij of Chota Nagpur %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 2 %N 3 %P 265-282 %% #V461; |AAA(xerox) %K Bhumij %A Ghosha, Syama Sundara %D 1987 %T Belakumari aura anya kahaniyam: Santali loka kathaem %C Ilahabada %I Smrti Prakasana %p 53 pp., ill. %O Short stories in Hindi: Folk-tales of the Santals (Indic people); Contents: Bela-kumari -- Agua ki calaki -- Lalaci laraki -- Prthvi kaise bani -- Bhai ne bahana ki laja bacai -- Sacca saputa -- Rakshasa mara gaya -- Bahana ne raja ki jana bacai -- Dhobi ki bevakuphi -- Magara aura syara %L U.HI. ASIA PK2098.22.H6 B45 1987 %A Gjerdman, Olof %D 1926 %T Non plosive stops (in Oriental languages) %J Le monde oriental %V 20 %P 5-28 %O Concerns nonplosive sounds in the Austroasiatic and other languages. %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Glasfurd, C. L. R. %D 1863 %T Report on the Dependency of Bustar %S Selections from the records of the Government of India, 29 %C Calcutta %I ?? %O Appendix II Gudwa vocabulary. %% #V464; |* %K Gutob %A Golish, Vitold de %A Rambach, Pierre %A Hebert-Stevens, F. %D 1955 %T Unerforschtes Indien. Expedition ``Schildkr\"ote'' 1950-1952, Afrika -- Mittlerer Orient -- Indien %C Biberach/Riss %I ?? %% #V465; |* %K Gutob %A Golish, Vitold de %A Rambach, Pierre %A Hebert-Stevens, F. %D 1955 %T Unerforschtes Indien. Expedition ``Schildkr\"ote'' 1950-1952, Afrika -- Mittlerer Orient -- Indien %C Biberach/Riss %I ??. %O About Bondo, Gadaba, Kanis, Toda. %% #V465; |* %K Remo %A Golish, Vitold de %D 1954 %T Primitive India; expedition "Tortoise" 1950-1952; Africa, Middle East, India %O [With 80 photos. in black and white and in colour, taken by the members of the expedition, Vitold de Golish, Pierre Rambach [and] F. Hebert-Stevens] %t Translation by Nadine Peppard of: L'Inde inexploree ?? %C New York %I Dutton %p 51 pp., plates (part col.) map %K Bondos, Gadabas, Kanis, Todas %L U.HI. HMLTN DS430 .G62 1954 %A Gonda, J. %D 1932 %T Austrisch en Arisch het belang van de kennis der austrische talen, voornamelijk voor de indische Philologie, Rede... [ = ] %C Utrecht %I ?? %O 1-34. %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Gonda, J. %D 1932 %T Etymologica %J AO ?? %P 10 %N 4 %P 326-335 %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Greenberg, Joseph H. %D 1953 %T Historical linguistics and unwritten languages %B Anthropology today %E Kroeber, A. L. %C ?? %I ?? %P 265-286 %% #V489; |* %K miscellaneous %A Grierson, George Abraham %D 1903 %T Indo-Aryan family, eastern group, part 2: Specimens of the Bih\=ar\=i and ORiy\=a languages %B Linguistic survey of India 5:2 %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O On Munda influence, esp. 158, 277 ff. %% ##; #V484; |AAA(repr) %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Grierson, George Abraham %D 1903 %T Indo-Aryan family, eastern group, part I: Specimens of the Bengali and Assamese languages %B Linguistic survey of India 5:1 %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %O Kharia-Thar dialect of Manbhum, 90-98. %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %% #V489; |AAA(repr.) %K Misc.: Bengali: Kharia-Thar %A Grierson, George Abraham %D 1904 %T M\=on-Khm\=er and Siamese-Chinese families (including Khasi and Tai) %B Linguistic survey of India 2 %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O The M\=on-Khm\=er family, pp. 1-3. Accepts Kuhn's connection between Munda, Mon-Khmer (incl. Khasi), Nicobarese, and Malaccan (Aslian) languages, but due to their differences, polysyllabic vs monosyllabic, and subject-object-verb vs subject-verb-object order, he follows Kuhn 1889 in attributing the similarities to a common substratum. (Grierson later changed his mind, cf. 1927??). %% #V477; |AAA(repr.) %K Austroasiatic %A Grierson, George Abraham %D 1904 %T Mon-Khmer and Siamese-Chinese families (including Khasi and Tai) %B Linguistic survey of India 2 %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Khasi, 4-36; ``Standard list of words and sentences'' includes Khasi (Standard Lyngngam, W\=ar), Palaung, Riang, etc. With bibliography. %% #V476; |AAA(repr.) %K Khasi %A Grierson, George Abraham %D 1907 %T The Bh\=il languages, including Kh\=and\=e\'s\=i, Banj\=ar\=i or Labh\=an\=i, Bahr\=upi\=a, &c %B Linguistic survey of India 9:3 %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Esp. 9-10. ??. %% ##; #V484; |AAA(repr.) %K Austroasiatic %A Grierson, George Abraham %D 1909 %T Tibeto-Burman family, part I, Himalyan dialects, north Assam groups %B Linguistic survey of India 3:1 %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Compares the ``pronominalized'' languages with the Munda languages, 273 f., 427 f. %% ##; V480; |AAA(repr.) %K Sino-Tibetan %A Grierson, George Abraham %D 1927 %T Linguistic survey of India 1:1 %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint [New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973] %O Influence of Munda languages on Indo-Aryan languages, p. 132: cites the words for betel, cotton, cotton cloth, bamboo arrow (Przyluski 1924); the place names K\=osala, T\=osala, Kali\=nga, Trili\=nga (Levi 1923); the word ``k\=o\.r\=i'' for twenty, and counting by scores; and object-marking in verbs. %% #V485; |AAA(repr.) %K Indo-Aryan %A Griffiths, W. G. %D 1944 %T Folklore of the Hos %J Man in India %V 24 %P 261-268 %% #V488; |* %K Ho %A Griffiths, W. G. %D 1946 %T The Kol tribe of Central India %S Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal monograph series, 2 %p xiv, 333 pp. %O Contents: ch. I, The Kol tribe of Central India; ch. II, Material culture of the Kols; ch. III, Social structure of the Kols; ch. IV, Birth, childhood, and puberty; ch. V, The marriage cycle; ch. VI, The social unit: the family; ch. VII, Death and its attendant ceremonies; ch. VIII, Religion and attendant festivals; ch. IX, Magic and witchcraft; ch. X, Folklore and fables; ch. XI, Songs, dance, and art; ch. XII, Life stories of living Kols; ch. XIII, Economic life of the Kols; ch. XIV, The Kol tribe in transition; Appendices: Terms of relationship, Kol names, Notes on the poetry of ch. XI, Glossary of tribes and castes, Bibliography, Glossary of vernacular terms, Anthropometric. %+ Reprint, New York: AMS, 1979 %% ##; #V488; |* %L OSU ?? (repr.) %L Hopkins ?? (repr.) %L Lib Cong DS4342.M8G74 1979 %K Ho %A Guha, B. S. %D 1928 %T A Ho folk story %J Man in India %V 8 %P ?? %O Tale. %% #F1497; |* %K Ho %A Guha, U. %D 1957 %T Five folktales of the Santhals %J Indian folklore %V ?? %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F1451-1452.; |* %K Santali %A Guha, Uma %A Siddiqui, M. K. A. %A Mathur, P. R. G. %D 1970 %T The Didayi, a forgotten tribe of Orissa %C Calcutta %I Anthropological Survey of India, Govt. of India %p iii, 252 pp., [14] leaves of plates %S Memoir - Anthropological Survey of India, 23, 1968 %O On verso of t.p.: Published by the Manager of Publications, Govt. of India Publication Branch, Delhi %L U.CHI. %A Guha, Uma %A Siddiqui, Muhammad Khalil Abbas %A Mathur, P. R. G. %D 1970 %T The Didayi: a forgotten tribe of Orissa %C Delhi %I Manager of Publications, Government of India Publication Branch, Civil Lines %p 252 pp., [l5] leaves of plates, ill. %S Anthropological Survey of India, Memoir 23 %L U.HI. ASIA DS485.O6 G83 1970 %A Gumperz, John J. %A Biligiri, H. S. %D 1957 %T Notes on the phonology of Mundari %J Indian linguistics %V 17 %P 6-15 %O A phonemic analysis including discussion of stress, vowel length, word juncture, and syllable structure, based on a dialect of Mongolpur, P.O. Onorda, Dt. Mayurghanj, Orissa, which (according to Pinnow 1959:489) differs from the Hasada' und Naguri dialects, and is stated by the authors to resemble Bhumij. %% ##; #V489; #Acharya 1978; |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Gupta, M. G. %D ?? %T Saral Santali bhasa shika %C ?? %I ?? %% #N141; |* %K Santali %A Gupta, Satya Prakash %D 1976 %T The Asur: ethno-biological profile %S Bihar Tribal Welfare Research Institute monograph series, 4 %C Ranchi %I Bihar Tribal Welfare Research Institute, Government of Bihar Welfare and Forest Department %p xii, 173 pp. %O Revision of PhD thesis, Calcutta University, 1973. Contents: ch. 1, Introduction; ch. 2, Historical perspective; ch. 3, Demography; ch. 4, Reproductive life of women; ch. 5, Anthropometry; ch. 6, Blood groups; ch. 7, Colour blindness; ch. 8, Food habits and nutritional state; ch. 9, Native medicines; ch. 10 Resume, conclusions, problems, and solutions; Appendices. %@ Director, Bihar Tribal Welfare Research Institute, Ranchi-8 %% ##; |* %L Hopkins DS432.A8G861 1976 %K Asuri %A Gurdon, Philip Richard Thornhagh %D 1907 %T The Khasis %e 1st ed. %C London %I David Nutt %p xxvii, 227 pp., frontispiece, 18 plates %+ 2nd ed., 1914. Reprint of 1st ed., 1981 ?? %O Khasi language, 198-215. %% #V472, #S327, |AAA(repr.) %K Khasi %A Gurdon, Philip Richard Thornhagh %D 1907 %T The Khasis and the Austric theory %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society %V ?? %P 743-750 %O Discussion by Grierson, 748-750. %% #V472, #S325; |* %K Khasi %A Gurdon, Philip Richard Thornhagh %D 1914 %T The Khasis %e 2nd ed. %+ 1st ed., 1907 %C London %I Macmillan %p xxiv, 232 pp., 22 plates, 1 map %O Language, 200-219. %% #S327; ##(repr.); |*(but repr.) %K Khasi %A Gurdon, Philip Richard Thornhagh %D 1981 %T The Khasis %C New Delhi %I Cosmo Publications %+ Reprint of 1st ed. (Gurdon 1907), but lacks frontisp. and plates %% #V472, #S327, |AAA %K Khasi %A Hahn, Ferdinand %D 1900 %T Kurukh grammar %C Calcutta %I ?? %O Asserts a relationship between Munda and Dravidian. %% #V483; |* %K Dravidian %A Hahn, Ferdinand %D 1900 (1901) %T A primer of the Asur Dukm\^a, a dialect of the Kolarian language %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 69 %N 1 %P 149-172 %% #K136; #V461; #Nag1; |* %K Asuri %O "This is the first grammatical sketch of Asur Dukma. It has chapters on nouns, adjectives, pronouns, verbs, negatives, compounds, causals, etc., adverbs, numerals, postpositions, conjunctions, and interjections. In the last chapter (Asur, a Kolarian dialect) the author provides a comparative study of Asuri and Mundari. Here he points out Dravidian words found in the language. The background of the Asurs is discussed in the introduction." [Nagaraja, p.15] %A Hahn, Ferdinand %D 1903 %T Dravidian and Kolarian place names in Mirz\=apur, Sh\=ah\=ab\=ad and Gay\=a %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 73 %N 3 %P 91-93 %% #V474; |* %K Munda %A Hahn, Ferdinand %D 1907 %T Einf\"uhrung in das Gebiet der Kols-Mission, Geschichte, Gebr\"auche, Religion und Christianisierung der Kols [ = Introduction to the territory of the Kol Mission: History, customs, religion, and christianization of the Kols] %C G\"utersloh %I ?? %O Repeats his assertion (Hahn 1900) of Munda and Dravidian relationship, 34 ff. %% #V460; #V486; |* %K miscellaneous, Dravidian %A Haldar, Rakhal Das %D 1871 %T An introduction to the Mundari language %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 60 ?? %N 1 %P 46-67 %% #V460; |* %K Mundari %A Haldar, Sukumar %D 1915/1916/1918/1922 %T Ho folk-lore %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 1/2/4/8 %N 2/3/3/2 %P 255-273/283-303/322-343/125-132 %O Songs, tales. %% #V461; #F1513; |AAA(xerox) %K Ho %A Haldar, Sukumar %D 1917 %T Ho riddles %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 3 %N 2 %P 276-278 %O 31 riddles in English translation. Gives the Ho word for riddle as kudmu or chapkad, ``the latter being an inflexion of chakad, false or untrue'' (276). %% #V461; #F1515; |AAA(xerox) %K Ho %A Haldar, Sukumar %D n.d. %T Ho folklore %J Indian folklore %V 2 %N 3 %V ?? %O Tales, songs. %% #F1514; |* %K Ho %A Hamilton, G. %D 1790 %T A short description of Carnicobar %J Asiatick researches %V 2 %P 337-344 %O A sketch of the people and their culture. Of the language, it is only remarked that ``their intercourse with strangers is so frequent, that they have acquired in general the barbarous Portuguese so common over India; their own language has a sound quite different from most others, their words being pronounced with a kind of stop, or catch in the throat, at every syllable'', and 18 words are listed (341f.). %% #S428; |AAA(xerox) %L OSU AS472.B44 %K Car Nicobarese %A Handoo, Jawaharlal %D 1977 %T A bibliography of Indian folk literature %S CIIL folklore series, 2 %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages %p xviii, 421 pp. %O Based on a questionnaire as well as library research, this bibliography lists 4252 items alphabetically by author, and identifies the genre (myth, tale, song, riddle, etc.) and the language(s) presented, but with numerous errors, and without indices. %% ##; abbrev. #F[entry number]; |AAA %K bibliography %A Hans, C. A. %D n.d. %T Teach yourself Mundari %C Ranchi %I Ho\.ro S\^en\.ra Samaiti %p vii, 136 pp. %% ##; |AAA %K Mundari %A Hans, S. A. B. %D 1942 %T Mun\.da durang %C Patna %I United Press %O Songs. %% #F1541; |* %K Mundari %A Hans, T. S. C. %D [1990] %T Walking is dancing, talking is singing = Sen ge susun, kaji ge duran: the development of Munda poetry, music, and dance: contribution of the Christian church %C Ranchi, Bihar %I Project Vikas %p xviii, 78 pp., ill. %O In English and Mundari %L U.HI. ASIA PL4559.5 .H36 1990 %A Harit, H. L %A Roy Burman, B. K. %D 1961 %T Bibliography on scheduled castes and scheduled tribes and selected marginal communities of India %S Census of India, 1961 %C New Delhi %I Office of the Registrar General %% #N; |* %K bibliography %A Haswell, J. M. %D 1874 %T Grammatical notes and vocabulary of the Peguan language %C Rangoon %I ?? %O Rejects Mason's theory, 6. %% #V477; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Heine-Geldern, Robert %D 1921 %T Gibt es eine austroasiatische Rasse? [ = Is there an Austroasiatic race?] %J Archiv f\"ur Anthropologie %V N.F. 18 %P 79-99 %% #V486; |AAA(xerox) %L OSU GN2.A67 %K miscellaneous %A Heine-Geldern, Robert %D 1928 %T Ein Beitrag zur Chronologie des Neolithikums in S\"udostasien [ = Contribution to the chronology of the neolithic in South East Asia] %B Festschrift Schmidt %C Wien %I ?? %P 809-843 %% #V486; |* %K miscellaneous %A Heine-Geldern, Robert %D 1929 %T Orissa und die Mundav\"olker im ``Periplus des Erythr\"aischen Meeres'' [ = Orissa and the Munda people in ``Periplus of the Erytrean Sea''??] %J Beitr\"age zur historischen Geographie, Kulturgeographie, Ethnographie und Kartographie, vornehmlich des Orients %V ?? %P 157-171 %C Leipzig u. Wien %I ?? %% #V486; |* %K miscellaneous %A Heine-Geldern, Robert %D 1932 %T Urheimat und fr\"uheste Wanderungen der Austronesier [ = The original homeland and earliest migrations of the Austronesians] %J Anthropos %V 27 %P 543-619 %% #V487; |AAA(xerox) %L OSU GN1.A62 %K miscellaneous %A Hembaroma, Khristophara (`Mamraki') %D 1983 %T Munda durana oroh jonoka kaji %C Bandagamva Parisa %I Khristophara Hembaroma `Mamraki' ?? %p 20 pp. %O Mundari songs, without music, in Mundari %O Master microform held by: DLC %L U.CHI. %A Hembram, S. %A Soren, Mandal Kumar %D 1985 %T Santali self-taught: Bengali medium %C Mecheda, Midnapore, India %I Marang Buru Press %O Distributors: Subarnarekha, Calcutta %p 37 pp. %O Bengali and Santali (Santali in Bengali script; t.p. in English). %L U.HI. ASIA PZ 930119.601 %A Hembrom, Cenrus %D 1971 %T Cultural elements in Munda riddles %J Bihar in folklore study %V ?? %P ?? %O Riddles. %% #F1566; |* %K Mundari %A Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %D 1951 %T The phonology of loan-words in some South-East Asian languages %J Transactions of the Philological Society %V 1951 %P 131-158 %% #V486; |*?? %K areal and typological %A Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %D 1965 %T Final -k in Khasi: a secondary phonological pattern %B Indo-Pacific linguistic studies %E Milner, G. B. %E Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %C Amsterdam %I North-Holland Publishing Company %V 1 %P 459-466 %O Austroasiatic final [k] appears as [?] in Khasi, and Schmidt 1904 noted that final [k] appears only in loanwords and onomatopoeic forms; the sources of some ninety words in final [k], including Schmidt's, are traced here to Indo-Aryan loans, phonaesthetic as well as onomatopoeic words, and a few to interjections and personal names. Includes details on phonetic of final consonants. %% ##; |AAA %K Khasi %A Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %D 1965 %T The topography of certain phonetic and morphological characteristics of South East Asian languages %B Indo-Pacific linguistic studies %E Milner, G. B. %E Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %C Amsterdam %I North-Holland Publishing Company %V 2 %P 400-434 %% ##; |AAA %K areal and typological %A Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %D 1976 %T Khasi initial clusters %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 1 %P 523-538 %% ##; |AAA %K Khasi %A Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %D 1976 %T Vestiges of morphology in modern standard Khasi %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 1 %P 477-522 %% ##; |AAA %K Khasi %A Hestermann, Ferdinand %D 1926 %T Affixreihen des Nankauri-Nikobaresischen %J Folia ethnoglossica %V 2 %N 3/4 %P 53-65 %% #V489, #S436; |* %K Nicobarese %A Heuman, Ernst %D 1892 %T Grammatisk Studie \"ofver Santal-spraket %J Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger %V 1892 %N 148-230 %O Surveys phonology, accent and quantity, morphology (nouns, articles, numerals, pronouns, verbs, conjunctions), and word-formation -- contents page 230. %% |contents page; |* %K Santali %A Hevesy, G. de %D 1934 %T Sur la non-existence de la famille des langues austriques et sur le finno-ougrien dans l'Inde [ = On the non-existence of the Austric language family, and on Finno-Ugric in India] %J Journal asiatique %V 225 %P 143-145 %% #V483; |AAA(xerox) %K Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, Guillaume de %D 1935 %T Du danger de l'emploi des termes ``langues austro-asiatiques'' et ``langues austriques'' (Une fausse famille linguistique) [ = On the danger of using the terms ``Austroasiatic languages'' and ``Austric languages'' (a false linguistic family)] %B Atti del III Congresso internazionale dei Linguisti, Roma, 19-26 Settembre 1933 %C Firenze %I ?? %P 11??.268-275 %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, Guillaume de %D 1936 %T Ob-Ougriens de Sib\'erie et Munda de l'Inde [ = Ob-Ugric of Siberia and Munda of India] %J L'anthropologie %V 46 %N 5/6 %P 613-624 %r [Reviewed: Orientalische Literatur-Zeitschrift, 40:12.725-727 (1937), by Schrader, F. Otto] %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, Guillaume de %D 1937 %T Noms ouraliens d'animaux dans l'Inde [ = Uralic animal names in India] %J Journal asiatique %V 229 %P 129-139 %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, W. F. de %D 1930 %T On Schmidt's Munda-Mon-Khmer comparisons. (Does an ``Austric'' family of languages exist?) %J Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies %V 6 %P 187-200 %% #V478; #V482; |* %K Austroasiatic, Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, W. F. de %D 1933 %T A small contribution to the knowledge of the Munda languages %B Vy\=assasa\.mgrahamu: A miscellany of papers presented to Rao Saheb Ramamurti %E ??. %C Madras %I ?? %P 30 ff %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, W. F. de %D 1934 %T A false linguistic family, the ``Austro-Asiatic'' (About the danger of employing the terms ``Austro-Asiatic languages'' and ``Austric languages'') %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 20 %P 251-259 %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, W. F. de %D 1935 %T Munda tongues Finno-Ugrian %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 21 %P 107-120 %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, Wilhelm von %D 1932 %T Finnisch-Ugrisches aus Indien, es gibt keine austrische Sprachenfamilie -- das vorarische Indien teilweise finnisch-ugrisch [ = Finno-Ugric from India; there is no Austric language family; pre-Aryan India partly Finnish] %C Wien %I Manzsche %p viii, 383 pp. %O Besides his untenable theory, Hevesy presents several useful observations on sound change and word formation in the Munda languages. %r [Reviewed: Bulletin de l'\'Ecole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme Orient 32.580-581 (1932), by Coede`s; Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris 33.180-181 (1932), by Sauvageot, A.; American anthropologist, n. s. 35.552-554 (1933), by Dobo, George; Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenl\"andischen Gesellschaft (Leipzig), N. F. 12 (87).98-99 (1934), by Printz, Wilhelm; American anthropologist, n. s. 36.632 (1934), by Michelson, Truman; Orientalische Literatur-Zeitung 37:3.187-190 (1934), by Figulla, H. H.; Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 1934.799 ff., by Turner, Ralph; Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 11.331 (??), by Burrow, Thomas] %% #V475; #V482; ##; |* %L OSU Precat. A34070 %K Munda, Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, Wilhelm von %D 1934 %T Zur Frage der austrischen Sprachenfamilie und der indischen Mundasprachen [ = On the question of the Austric language family and the Munda languages of India] %J Orientalische Literatur-Zeitung %V 37 %N 8/9 %P 475-478 %% #V483; |AAA{xerox} %K Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, Wilhelm von %D 1935 %T Die Mundasprachen Indiens finnisch-ugrische Sprachen [ = The Munda languages of India Finno-Ugric languages] %B Atti del III Congresso internazionale dei Linguisti, Roma, 19-26 Settembre 1933 %C Firenze %I ?? %P 11??.275-284 %+ Reprinted as Neue finnisch-ugrische Sprachen (Die Mundasprachen Indiens) [ = New Finno-Ugric languages (The Munda languages of India)], Firenze 1935 %r [Reviewed: Orientalische Literatur-Zeitung 38:10.637-638 (1935), by Schrader, F. Otto] %% #V483; |*; review |AAA(xerox) %K Finno-Ugric %A Hevesy, Wilhelm von %D 1936 %T Zur Verwandtschaft der Munda-Sprachen [ = On the genetic relations of the Munda languages] %J Orientalische Literatur-Zeitung %V 39 %N 5 %P 273-288 %r [Reviewed: American anthropologist, n. s. 38.148 (1936), by Bonnerjea, Biren] %% #V483; |AAA(xerox) %K Finno-Ugric %A Hislop, Stephen %D 1866 %T Papers relating to the aboriginal tribes of the Central Province left in mss. by the late Revd. Stephen Hislop at Nagpore %E Temple, R. %C Nagpore %I ?? %O Besides Dravidian languages are included Kuri (or Mu\'as\'i) and Parj\'a (= Poroja, a Gadaba dialect). Pt. II, Vocabulary, contains Parja, 29 words of a Gadaba dialect not noted in the Linguistic survey of India. With Gudwa vocabulary. %% #V462; #V464; #V474; |* %K Munda, Korku, Gutob %A Hodgson, B. H. %D 1847 %T Essays relating to Indian subjects %C ?? %I ?? %O Classification into of Himalayan languages into ``pronominalized'' and ``non-pronominalized'', 1.105. [?? Is this a ref to a reprint in Hodgson 1880 ??] %% #V480; |* %K Sino-Tibetan %A Hodgson, B. H. %D 1848 %T The aborigines of central India %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 17 %N 2 %P 550-558 %+ Reprinted in Hodgson 1880: 2.95 ff. %O With ``Comparative vocabulary of the aboriginal languages of central India'', including the Munda languages Sinbh\'um K\'ol (Ho), S\'ont\'al, Bh\'umij, M\'undala (Mundari), and the Dravidian languages Ur\'aon, R\'ajmahali (Malto), G\'ondi). %% #K95; #V473; |* %K Santali, Mundari, Ho, Bhumij %A Hodgson, B. H. %D 1856 %T Aborigines of the Eastern Gh\^ats %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %N 25 %P 39-52 %O With ``Vocabulary of some of the dialects of the hill and wandering tribes in the northern Sircars'', ed. by Newill, H.; includes \'Savara (Sora) and Gadaba. %% #V474; |* %K Munda %A Hodgson, B. H. %D 1880 %T Miscellaneous essays relating to Indian subjects %C London %I ?? %O Vol. 2, pp. 95 ff. is a reprint of Hodgson 1848. %% #K95; |* %K Munda %A Hoffmann, John %A Van Emelen, Arthur %D 1930- %T Encyclopaedia Mundarica %v 13 vols (by 1950) %C Patna %I ?? %+ Reprint in 16 vols, New Delhi: Gian, 1990 %O Comparisons with Vedda, 1.??; comparisons with Austroasiatic and non-Austroasiatic (incl. Indo-Aryan), passim. words, passim %% #V475; #V486; |AAA %K Mundari, dictionary %A Hoffmann, John %A Van Emelen, Arthur %D 1990 %T Encyclopaedia Mundarica %C New Delhi %I Gian Publishing House %p 16 v. (xv, 4889 pp., 48 leaves of plates in v. 16) %+ Reprint of 1st ed., Patna, 1930- %K Mundari, dictionary %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 1 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 2 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 3 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 4 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 5 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 6 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 7 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 8 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 9 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 10 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 11 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 12 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 13 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 14 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 15 %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4559.4 .H64 1990 v. 16 %A Hoffmann, John %D 1896 %T Mundari first reader %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V460; |* %K Mundari %A Hoffmann, John %D 1903 %T Mundari grammar %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V460; |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Hoffmann, John %D 1907-1910 %T Mundari poetry, music and dances %J Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 2 %N 5 %P 85-120 %% #V460; #F1576; |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Hogman, C. A. %D 1937 %T La jeune fille chez les tigrees: legends devinettes et paesages de la tribu des Hos [ = The girl among the tigers: legends, riddles, and ?? of the Ho tribe] %C Paris %I ?? %O Legends. %% #F1577; |* %K Ho %A Hovelacque, Abel %D 1880a %T La langue Khasia \'etudi\'ee sous le rapport de l'\'evolution des formes [ = The Khasi language studied from the viewpoint of the evolution of its structures] %J Revue de linguistique %V 14 %P 20-50 %% #V471, cf. Hovelacque 1880b; |* %K Khasi %A Hovelacque, Abel %D 1880b %T La langue Khasia \'etudi\'ee sous le rapport de l'\'evolution des formes [ = The Khasi language studied from the viewpoint of the evolution of its structures] %C Paris %I Maisonneuve %p 41 pp. %% #S310, cf. Hovelacque 1880a; |* %K Khasi %A Hrdayesa %D 1976 %T Sapheda ghora, kala savara %p 211 pp. %O A novel in Hindi %? Munda content ?? %L U.HI. ASIA PK2098.23.R4 S2 %A Hugoniot, Richard D. %D 1970 %T A bibliographical index of the lesser known languages and dialects of India and Nepal %C ?? %I Summer Institute of Linguistics, India-Nepal %O Microfilm ?? %@ Summer Institute of Linguistics Bookstore, 7500 W. Camp Wisdom Rd., Dallas, Texas 75236 %% #N; |* %K bibliography %A Hunter, W. W. %D 1868 %T A comparative dictionary of the languages of India and High Asia, with a dissertation, based on the Hodgson lists, official records, and mss %C London %I ?? %p vi, 218, vi pp. %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Cosmo Publications, 1978 %O Words for 186 basic lexical concepts are presented for over one hundred Asian languages, including, among the ``Central Indian'' languages, Ho (Kol), Kol (Singbhum), Sant\'ali, Bh\'umij, Mundala, Kuri, S\'avara, Gadaba; with indices in English, French, German, Russian, and Latin. %% #V474; ##(repr.); |AAA(repr.) %K Ho, Mundari, Santali, Bhumij, Sora, Gutob ?? %A Hutton, J. H. %D 1931 %T Notes on the Andamanese and the Nicobarese %J Man in India %V 11 %P 1-14 %% #V472; |* %K Nicobarese %A Icke-Schwalbe, Lydia %D 1983 %T Die Munda und Oraon in Chota Nagpur: Geschichte, Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft %C Berlin %S Abhandlungen und Berichte des Staatlichen Museums fur Volkerkunde Dresden; Bd. 40, Monographien 6 %I Akademie-Verlag %p 200 p., [62] pp. of plates, ill. (some col., 1 folded) %O Summary in English and German. %L U.CHI. %A Jha, Makhan %D 1983 %T Readings in tribal culture: a study of the Ollar of Orissa %C New Delhi %I Inter-India Publications %p vi, 175 pp., ill. %K Ollar Gadaba %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.G27 J42 1983 %A Jha, Vidyanatha %D 1977 %T Maithili o Santali %p v, 7, 2, 251 pp., [1] leaf of plates, ill. %O Santali and Maithili comparative grammar, in Maithili %L U.HI. ASIA PK1814 .J49 %A Jogeshore Shing, L. %D 1889 %T First-gate to English and Khasi %C Shillong %I Mission School %p ii, 56 pp. %% #S314; |* %K Khasi %A Johnson, Rubellite Kawena %D [1974] %T Polynesian words for cordage with affinities in Austroasiatic and Indo-European: a case for universality %p 82 leaves %O Photocopy of typescript. "This copy has [written] edited commentary by Stanley Starosta." %L U.HI. HAWN PL6409 .J65 %A Joshon Tariang, U. %D 1914 %T Ka hindustani grammar ha ka ktien khasi %C Shillong %I Ri Khasi Press %p (5), 75, 40 pp. %O In Khasi. Contains Urdu-Khasi-English vocabulary. %% #S328; |* %K Khasi %A Josi, 'Sarada ??' %D [1971] %T Jipa para savara Illiyam %p 175 pp. %O In Hindi %? Munda content ?? %L U.HI. ASIA PK2098.25.O74 J5 %A Kanwar, H. I. S. %D 1959 %T Folklore of the Khasis of Assam %J Indian folklore %V 2:3 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F1721; |* %K Khasi %A Kanwar, H. I. S. %D 1959 %T Legend behind Khasi snake worship %J Indian folklore %V 1:4 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F1720; |* %K Khasi %A Kanwar, H. I. S. %D 1962 %T Folklore of the Khasis %J United Asia %V 14 %N 11 %P 646-651 %O English retelling of several Khasi tales. %% #F1722; |AAA(xerox) %K Khasi %A Kapp, Dieter B. %D 1977 %T Ein Menschenschopfungsmythos der Mundas und seine Parallelen [ = A human creation myth of the Mundas and its parallels] %S Abhandlungen fur die Kunde des Morgenlandes; Bd. XLIII, 2 %C Marburg/Wiesbaden %I Deutsche Morgenlandische Ges./Steiner [in Komm]. %p 67 pp. %O Part of the text in English, summary in English %# ISBN: 3-515-02601-0 %L U.CHI. %K Mundari %A Kar, Ramendra Kumar %D 1981 %T The Savaras of Mancotta: a study on the effects of tea industry on the tribal life %C New Delhi %I Cosmo Publications %p 256 pp., [19] leaves of plates, ill., maps %O Revision of the author's Ph.D. thesis, Dibrugarh University %K Sora, Saora, tea plantation workers, acculturation %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.S37 K37 1981 %A Kela, Bhegevandase %D 1950 %T Hemari Ad\~ijatij\~a [ = ] %C Allahabad %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K miscellaneous %A Kelsall %D 1864 %T Short English Khassia vocabulary %C Calcutta %I ?? %p 102 pp. %% #S302, from #C582; |* %K Khasi %A Keraketta, Roja %D 1990 %T Khariya loka kathaom ka sahityika aura samskrtika adhyayana %C Kanapura %I Annapurna Prakasana %p 352 pp. %O Study of the Kharia folk tales, and their culture; includes a sampling of their folk tales. In Hindi. %L U.CHI. %A Keraketta, Roja %D 1990 %T Khariya loka kathaom ka sahityika aura samskrtika adhyayana [ = ] %C Kanapura %I Annapurna Prakasana %p 352 pp. %O Study (in Hindi) of the Kharia folk tales, and their culture; includes a sampling of folk tales %L U.HI. ASIA GR305.7.K43 K47 1990 %A Kerketta, Noas %D 1948 %T Prabhua' patar [ = ] %C Ranchi %I ?? %% #V488; |* %K Kharia %A Khare, P. K. %D 1991 %T Social change of Indian tribes: impact of planning and economic development %C New Delhi %I Deep & Deep Publications %p 204 pp. %O With special reference to the Munda people of Bihar %# ISBN: 81-7100323-0 %L U.CHI. %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.M8 K47 1991 %A Kharkongngor, U Iarington %D 1968 %T Ka dienshonhi, A Khasi-Khasi dictionary %C Shillong %I Ri Khasi Press %% #Rabel-Heymann 1977; |* %K Khasi %A Kieckers, E. %D 1931 %T Die Sprachst\"amme der Erde mit einer Anzahl grammatischer Skizzen [ = The language families of the world with a number of grammatical sketches] %J Kultur und Sprache %V 7 %P 114, 117ff ?? %O Shares Schmidt's view regarding the Cham languages, but separates the Austroasiatic languages. %% #V480; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Kirkland, Edwin C. %D 1966 %T A bibliography of South Asian folklore %C Bloomington %I ?? %% #Zide Lg. 1969; |* %K bibliography %A Kluge, Theodor %D 1939 %T Die Zahlenbegriffe der V\"olker Americas, Nordeurasiens, der Munda und der Palaioafricaner; ein dritter Beitrag zu Geistesgeschichte des Menschen [ = The numerical concepts of the American, North Eurasian, Munda, and Paleo-African peoples; a third contribution to an intellectual history of man] %C Berlin %I ?? %O The Munda data are based entirely on the Linguistic survey of India, vol. 4 %% #V475; |* %K Munda %A Kochar, Vijay %D 1970 %T Social organization among the Santal %C Calcutta %I Editions Indian %O Chapters on social organization, kinship terms and usages, family, and village organization. %@ Editions Indian, 12 Krishnaram Bose Street, Calcutta-4 %% ##; |* %L Hopkins DS432.S2K6 1970 %K Santali %A Konow, Sten %D 1904 %T Mu\.n\.d\=as and Australians %J Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenl\"andischen Gesellschaft (Leipzig) %V 58 %P 147-157 %O Rejects the relationship between Munda and Australian languages posited by Thomsen 1892. %% #V482; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Konow, Sten %D 1904 %T Mu\.n\.d\^as and Dravi\.das %J Indian antiquary %V 33 %P 121-125 %O Rejects the relationship between Munda and Dravidian asserted by Hahn 1900. %% #V483; |* %K Dravidian %A Konow, Sten %D 1904 %T The Kurku dialect of the Munda family of speech %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society %V ?? %P 423-433 %% #V462; |* %K Korku %A Konow, Sten %D 1904 %T The Kurku dialect of the Munda family of speech %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society %V ?? %P 423-433 %O Presents a more detailed subgrouping of the Munda languages. %% #V474; |* %K Munda %A Konow, Sten %D 1905 %T On some facts connected with the Tibeto-Burman dialect spoken in Kanawar %J Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenl\"andischen Gesellschaft (Leipzig) %V 59 %P 117-125 %O Munda substratum in the ``pronominalized'' Himalayan languages. %% #V480; |* %K Sino-Tibetan %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Besprechung der Arbeiten W. Schmidts [ = Review of the works of W. Schmidt] %J G\"ottingische Gelehrte Anzeigen %V ?? %N 3 %P 228-238 %O Agrees fully with Schmidt's thesis, and advances further supporting material from the Munda languages. %% #V477; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Again expresses agreement with Schmidt, and adds more supporting material (pp??). Reiterates his rejection of Thomsen's Munda-Australian thesis, 15-21. %% #V478; ##; |AAA(repr.) %K Austroasiatic %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Bhumij, 94-101. %% ##; |AAA(repr.) %K Bhumij %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Ho, 116-127. %% ##; |AAA(repr.) %K Ho %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Kharia, 190-208. %% #V463; |AAA %K Kharia %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Konow identified and treated all the Munda languages except Gorum (actually a Gorum word list was included as ``Gadaba of Vizagapatam''), Remo, and Gta', providing for most a brief phonological and grammatical sketch and a standard wordlist. Except for some of the ``lesser'' Kherwarian dialects, Konow's accounts have been superseded, first and most notably by the works of Hoffmann on Mundari, Bodding on Santali, and Ramamurti on Sora, and later but so far less impressively by the works of professional linguists. Konow's classificatory work was basically correct (except in taking Nahali to be a Korku dialect), and was not superseded until Pinnow 1959. %% #V474; |AAA(repr.) %K Munda %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Korku, 423-433. %% ##; #V462; |AAA(repr.) %K Korku %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Nahali, 185-189, treated incorrectly as a dialect of Korku. %% ##; |AAA(repr.) %K Nahali %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O The Gadaba materials from Vizagapatam described by Konow, 230-233, are actually Gorum; they are quoted in parentheses beside the Gutob (Gadaba of Bastar) forms in the list of ``Standard words and sentences'', 239-275. %% ##; #V465; |AAA(repr.) %K Gorum %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O ``Gadaba'', 229-238, provides a grammatical sketch based on two specimen texts and a word-list from Bastar, the latter included in the list of ``Standard words and sentences in the languages of the Munda family'', 239-275. The word-list received from Vizagapatam and reproduced in parentheses (ibid.) is actually Gorum. %% ##; |AAA(repr.) %K Gutob %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O ``Juang or Patua'', 209-216, provides a rough sketch of grammar and two specimen texts and a word-list from Dhenkanal, then one of the Orissa Tributary States; the word-list is included with other ``Standard words and sentences in the languages of the Munda family'' on 239-275. %% ##; |AAA(repr.) %K Juang %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint, New Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O ``Savara'', 217-228, provides a grammatical sketch based on speciments from Parlakimedi and Ramagiri in Ganjam, and from Vizagapatam district, and a wordlist from Parlakimedi, listed with the ``Standard words and sentences in the languages of the Munda family'', 239-275. The Parlakimedi material seems to have been furnished by Ramamurti, G. V., who later published a corrected version of the specimen text (The prodigal son), 1931:236f. The completely erroneous opinion of Konow that ``Savara has been largely influenced by Telugu and is no longer an unmixed form of speech'' (p. 218) has remained remarkably persistent. %% ##; |AAA %K Sora %A Konow, Sten %D 1906 %T Munda and Dravidian languages %B Linguistic survey of India 4 %E Grierson, George Abraham. %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %+ Reprint: New Delhi Motilal Banarsidass, 1967, 1973 %O Asuri, 135-146. %% ##; |AAA(repr.) %K Asuri %A Konow, Sten %D 1908 %T Notes on the Munda family of speech in India %J Anthropos %V 3 %N 1 %P 68-82 %% #V474; |AAA(xerox); |OSU GN1.A62 %K Munda %A Konow, Sten %D 1911 %T Mundari phonology and the Linguistic Survey %J Journal and proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V n.s. 7 %N 2 %P 37-41 %% #V460; |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Koppers, Wilhelm %D 1942 %T Meine v\"olkerkundliche Forschungsreise zu den Primitivst\"ammen Zentral-Indiens, 1938/39 [ = My ethnographic research expedition to the primitive tribes of Central India, 1938/39] %J Internationales Archiv f\"ur Ethnographie %V 41 %P 141-152 %O On Nahali, 149f. %% #V459; |* %K Nahali %A Koppers, Wilhelm %D 1942 %T Meine v\"olkerkundliche Forschungsreise zu den Primitivst\"ammen Zentral-Indiens, 1938/39 [ = My ethnographic research expedition to the primitive tribes of Central India, 1938/39] %J Internationales Archiv f\"ur Ethnographie %V 41 %P 141-152 %O On the Korkus, 149f. %% #V462; |* %K Korku %A Koppers, Wilhelm %D 1942 %T Meine v\"olkerkundliche Forschungsreise zu den Primitivst\"ammen Zentral-Indiens, 1938/39 [ = My ethnographic research expedition to the primitive tribes of central India, 1938/39] %J Internationales Archiv f\"ur Ethnographie %V 41 %P 141-152 %O Esp. 144. %% #V485; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Kosay, Hamit %D 1939 %T Munda dillerindeki T\"urkce unsular [ = Turkic elements in the Munda languages] %J T\"urk Tarih Kurumu Belleten %V 3 %P 107-126 %% #V483; |* %K Altaic %A Kuhn, Ernst %D 1889 %T Beitr\"age zur Sprachenkunde Hinterindiens [ = Contributions to the linguistics of Further India] %J Sitzungsberichte der k\"oniglichen bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-philologische Klasse %V ?? %P 189-236 %O Takes a wait-and-see attitude; stresses a relationship, but not an original unity -- perhaps an early common substratum. Group 1 So, Nanhang, Sue, Hin, Kuy Mnoh, Kuy Ntoh, Kuy Hah, Kuy Porrh; 2 Mon, H\"uei, Kat, Suk, Stieng, Bahnar, Kha Tampuen or Proon, Sedang, Vietnamese; 3 Khm\^er with Khamen boran, Xong and Samre; 4 Mi, Khmu, Lemet, Palaung; 5 Khasi with Synteng, Battoa, Amwee, Lakadong. In addition Nicobarese, the Malacca dialects, and the Kohl languages. Part 2 deals with Cham and Silong, treated as branching from the Malayan languages. %% #V476; #477; #479; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1937 %T ?? %J AO ?? %V 16 %N 3 %P ?? %% #V485; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1938 %T ?? %J AO ?? %V 16 %N 4 %P ?? %% #V485; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1938 %T ?? %J AO ?? %V 17 %N 1 %P ?? %% #V485; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1939 %T ?? %J AO ?? %V 17 %N 4 %P 203-206 %% #V485; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1941 %T Het Austro-Aziatisch karakter der Munda-talen [ = The Austroasiatic character of the Munda languages] %J Cultureel Indi\"e %V 3 %P 97 %O Refers to prefixation in the Munda languages. ``Sonder twijfel zijn de Munda-talen Austro-aziatisch en dus ten slotte met het Austronesisch verwant.'' [ = ]. %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1948 %T Munda and Indonesian %B Orientalia Neerlandica, a volume of oriental studies %C Leiden %I ?? %P 372-401 %% #V475; |* %K Munda %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1948 %T Munda and Indonesian %B Orientalia Neerlandica, a volume of oriental studies %C Leiden %I ?? %P 372-401 %O Kuiper points out common traits in Munda and Indonesian, particularly the phenomena of nasalization and prenasalization. ``We may anticipate that the Munda languages will prove to be of greater and more vital interest for Indonesian linguistics than they are generally held to be.'' %% #V480; |*; sub Indonesian??; AA or Munda?? %K Austroasiatic %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1948 %T Proto-Munda words in Sanskrit %S Verhandeling der Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Letterkunde, N. R. 51:3 %C Amsterdam %I ?? %O Contains, in addition to the treatment of Munda words in Sanskrit, also abundant comparative material on the Munda languages. %% #V475; |* %K Munda %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1948 %T Proto-Munda words in Sanskrit %S Verhandeling der Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Letterkunde, N. R. 51:3 %C Amsterdam. %% #V478; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1948 %T Proto-Munda words in Sanskrit %S Verhandeling der Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Letterkunde, N. R. 51:3 %O Abundant loanword material: ``wide-branched, and seemingly native, word-families of South Dravidian are of Proto-Munda origin'', 8. %% #V484; |* %K %d 1930 %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1950 %T An Austro-Asiatic myth in the Rigveda %S Mededelingen der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Letterkunde N. R. 13:7 %C Amsterdam, 1950. %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1954 %T Kharia-English %C Leiden?? %I typescript?? %O With etymological notes. %% #V463; |* %K Kharia %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1954 %T Two Rigvedic loanwords %B Festschrift Albert Debrunner %S Sprachgeschichte und Sprachbedeutung %C ?? %I ?? %P 241-250 %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1954 %U Kharia-English %C Leiden %I unpubl. %O Dictionary based on older sources, with numerous etymological notes. %% #V475; |* %K Munda %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1954 %U Kharia-English %C Leiden %I unpubl. %O Includes word-comparisons from Mon-Khmer as well as Munda languages. %% #V479; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1955 %T Rigvedic loanwords %B Studia indologica, Festschrift f\"ur Willibald Kirfeld %S Bonner orientalistische Studien, N. S. 3 %C Bonn %I ?? %P 137-185 %% #V486; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1962 %T Nahali: a comparative study %J Mededelingen der Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afd. Letterkunde N. R. %V 25 %N 5 %P 229-352 %% #R762; |AAA?? %K Nahali %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1965 %T Consonant variation in Munda %B Indo-Pacific linguistic studies %E Milner, G. B. %E Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %C Amsterdam %I North-Holland Publishing Co. %V 1 %P 54-87 %% #R775; |AAA %K Munda %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1966 %T The genesis of a linguistic area %J Indo-Iranian journal %V 10 %P ?? %O Collitz Lecture, Linguistic Society of America, Ann Arbor, July 1965. %% #R756; |* %K areal and typological %A Kuiper, F. B. J. %D 1966 %T The sources of the Nahali vocabulary %B Studies in comparative Austroasiatic linguistics %E Zide, Norman H. %C The Hague %I Mouton %P 57-81 %% ##; #R763; |AAA %K Nahali %A Kullu, Paulusa %D 1981 %T Khariya-vyakarana evam sankshipta sabdakosa %C Ranci %I Dharmika Sahitya Samiti %p vi, 160 pp. %O Kharia grammar and dictionary, in Hindi %L U.CHI. %A Kumar, Ajoy %D [1981] %T The Soiras, a diminishing tribe %C New Delhi/Nagpur %I Indian Social Institute/Mobile Orientation & Training Team %p 21 pp., ill. %K Sora, Saora, Savara %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.S37 A37 1981 %A Kumara, Braja Bihari %A Murmu, Bhagavata %D 1980 %T Hindi Santali kosa [= Hindi-Santali dictionary] %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 2, 264 pp. %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4563.4 .K86 1980 %A Kumara, Braja Bihari %D 1980 %T Hindi Santali svayam-sikshaka = Hindi Santali self-teacher %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 60, 2 pp. %L U.CHI. %A Kumara, Braja Bihari %D 1980 %T Samasrotiya sabdavali: Hindi-Ho evam Ho-Hindi = Common vocabulary: Hindi-Ho & Ho-Hindi %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 86 pp. %S Samasrotiya sabdavali, 4 %O In Hindi and Ho (Ho in Devanagari) %L U.CHI. %A Kumara, Braja Bihari %D 1980 %T Samasrotiya sabdavali: Hindi-Munda evam Munda-Hindi = Common vocabulary: Hindi-Munda & Munda-Hindi %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 101, 3 pp. %S Samasrotiya sabdavali, 5 %O Hindi and Mundari (Mundari in Devanagari) %L U.CHI. %A Kumara, Braja Bihari %D 1980 %T Samasrotiya sabdavali: Hindi-Santali evam Santali-Hindi = Common vocabulary: Hindi-Santali & Santali-Hindi %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 81, 3 pp. %S Samasrotiya sabdavali, 1 %O Hindi and Santali (Santali in Devanagari) %L U.CHI. %A Kumara, Braja Bihari %D 1980 %T Santali vyakarana ki ruparekha %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 44 pp. %O Santali grammar, in Hindi %L U.CHI. %A Kumara, Braja Bihari %D 1980 %T Hindi Santali svayam-sikshaka = Hindi Santali self-teacher %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 60, 2 pp. %O Santali language self-teacher, in Hindi %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.1 .K86 1980 %A Kumara, Braja Bihari %D 1980 %T Samasrotiya sabdavali: Hindi-Santali evam Santali-Hindi = Common vocabulary: Hindi-Santali & Santali-Hindi %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 81, 3 pp. %S Samasrotiya sabdavali, 1 %O Hindi and Santali cognate words (Santali in Devanagari) %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.1 .K865 1980 %A Kumara, Braja Bihari %D 1980 %T Santali vyakarana ki ruparekha %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 44 pp. %O Santali grammar, in Hindi %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.1 .K87 1980 %A L\'evi, Sylvain %D 1923 %T Pr\'e-aryen et pr\'e-dravidien dans l'Inde [ = Pre-Aryan and pre-Dravidian in India] %J Journal asiatique %V 203 %P 1-57 %% #V484; |AAA(xerox) %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Lal, Manohar %D 1983 %T The Munda elites: recruitment, network, attitudes, perception & role in social transformation %C Delhi %I Amar Prakashan %p 142 pp. %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.M8 L35 1983 %A Laloo, Filkin %D 1967 %T Folk music of Khasi and Jayantia Hills %B Folk music and folklore: an anthology %C Calcutta %I Folk Music and Folklore Research Association %O Songs. %% #F2024; |* %K Khasi %A Langendoen, D. Terence %D 1962 %T Mundari phonology %C Cambridge, Mass. %I mimeo. %% #R714; |AAA?? %K Mundari %A Langendoen, D. Terence %D 1964 %T A fragment of Mundari syntax %C Cambridge, Mass. %I mimeo. %% #R715; |AAA?? %K Mundari %A Langendoen, D. Terence %D 1967 %T Mundari verb conjugation %J Linguistics %V 32 %P ?? %% #Munda 1969; |AAA?? %K Mundari %A Langendoen, D. Terence %D 1967 %T The copula in Mundari %B The verb ``be'' and its synonyms %E Verhaar, John M. %S Foundations of language, supplement 1 %C Dordrecht %I ?? %P 75-100 %% #R773; |* %K Mundari %A Lebar, Frank M. %A Hickey, Gerald C. %A Musgrave, John K. %D 1964 %T Ethnic groups of mainland Southeast Asia %C New Haven %I Human Relations Area Files Press %p x, 228 pp., 2 maps in pocket %O An encyclopaedic survey of the ethnography of Sino-Tibetan, Austroasiatic, Tai-Kadai, and Malayo-Polynesian peoples of mainland Southeast Asia, with bibliography. Of the Austroasiatic languages of India, only Khasi is included (105-112). %% ##; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Lebar, Frank M. %A Hickey, Gerald C. %A Musgrave, John K. %D 1964 %T Ethnic groups of mainland Southeast Asia %C New Haven %I Human Relations Area Files Press %p x, 228 pp., 2 maps in pocket %O Khasi, 105-112, by McCormack, Anna P. %% ##; |AAA(xerox) %K Khasi %A Lewin, Thomas Herbert %D 1870 %T The wild races of South-Eastern India %C London %I Allen and Co. %O Proverbs, songs. %% #F2047; |* %K other?? %A Logan, J. R. %D 1852-1856 %T Ethnology of the Indo-Pacific Islands %J Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia %V 6/7/8/9 %P 658ff/199ff/28ff, 200ff/1ff, 162ff, 359ff, appendix to n.s. 1.1ff ?? %O ``Kols'', 7:199ff. %% #V473; |* %K Munda %A Lorimer, ?? %D 1935 %T The Burushaski language %C Oslo %v 2 vols ?? %I Instituttet for sammenlignende Kulturforskning %O In his foreword, 1.xii-xiii, George Morgenstierne rejects any relation between Burushaski and the Munda languages. %% #V482; |* %K Burushaski %A Lyall, A. %D 1868 %T Report of the Ethnological Committee on papers laid before them, and upon examination of specimens of aboriginal tribes brought to the Jubbulpur Exhibition 1866-67 %C Nagpur %I ?? %O Contains a Bhumij vocabulary in part iii. %% #K96; #V464; |* %K Bhumij %A Lyall, A. %D 1868 %T Report of the Ethnological Committee on papers laid before them, and upon examination of specimens of aboriginal tribes brought to the Jubbulpur Exhibition 1866-67 %C Nagpur %I ?? %O Contains a Ho vocabulary in part iii, 8 ff. %% #K117; #V464; |* %K Ho %A Lyall, A. %D 1868 %T Report of the Ethnological Committee on papers laid before them, and upon examination of specimens of aboriginal tribes brought to the Jubbulpur Exhibition 1866-67 %C Nagpur %I ?? %O Part III contains a Juang vocabulary. %% #Dasgupta 1978, #V464; |* %K Juang %A Lyngdoh, Esther Nora %D 1963 %T Two devoted friends: a Khasi tale %J Assam quarterly %V 3 %P ?? %O Tale. %% #F2073; |* %K Khasi %A M\"uller, Friedrich %D 1884 %T Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft [ = Foundations of linguistics] %C Wien %I ?? %O 3:1.106-135: Die Sprachen der Dr\=avi\.da-Rasse, I. Die Sprachen der Kohl (Vindhya)-St\"amme [ = The languages of the Dravidian race, I. The languages of the Kohl (Vindhya) tribe]. Specifically, Santali und Mundari. %% #V474; |* %K Munda %A M\"uller, Friedrich %D 1888 %T Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft [ = Fundamentals of linguistics] %C Wien %I ?? %O 4:1.223-229: Stresses the similarity of the numerals of Mon, Khmer, and the Munda languages. %% #V477; |* %K Austroasiatic %A M\"uller, Friedrich Wilhelm Karl %D 1880 %T Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft [ = Fundamentals of linguistics] %C Wien %I Alfred H\"older %O 2:2.377-388, Die Sprache der Khasia [ = The language of the Khasia]. %% #V472 (date 1882??), #S311; |* %K Khasi %A M\"uller, Friedrich Wilhelm Karl %D 1888 %T Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft [ = Fundamentals of linguistics] %C Wien %I Alfred H\"older?? %O 4:1.29-38, Die Sprache der Bewohner der Nikobaren [ = The language of ,the inhabitants of the Nicobars]. %% #V472; |* %K Nicobarese %A M\"uller, Max %D 1854 %T Letter to Chevalier Bunsen on the classification of the Turanian languages %B Christianity and mankind %E Bunsen, Chr. K. J. %C London %I ?? %O In part 3, 435ff., M\"uller posits a ``separate class of Munda dialects''. The designation of these languages as Munda originated with him. %% #V474; |* %K Munda %A Macphail, R. M. %D 1983 %T An introduction to Santali: introduction & vocabulary %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p iii, 84, 37 pp. %O Reprint. Originally published: 1953 %L U.CHI. %A Macphail, R. M. %D 1983 %T An introduction to Santali: introduction & vocabulary %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p iii, 84, 37 pp. %O English and Santali (Roman) %O Reprint of ?? ed. (1953) %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.1 .M3 1983 %A Macphail, R. M. (ed.) %D 1953 %T Campbell's Santali-English dictionary %e 3rd ed. %C Benagaria %I Santal Christian Council, Benagaria Mission Press %+ 1st ed., Campbell, A. 1899-1902; 2d ed., Macphail 1933; English-Santali, Macphail 1954 %% #V489; |AAA %K Santali %A Mah\=anti, Gop\=in\=atha %D 1956 %T G\=adba bh\=aS\=a [ = The Gutob language] %C Cuttack %I ?? %% #Zide 1969; |* %K Gutob %A Mahapatra, B. P. %A Suresh, J. %D 1987 %T Language socialisation of scheduled castes children in India: Tamil Nadu, a case study %O Foreword by V. S. Verma %C New Delhi %I Language Division, Office of the Registrar General, India; Delhi: Manager of Publications %p iv, 123 pp. %S Census of India. Series 1, Language monograph; monograph no. 9 %k Tamil, variation, sociolinguistics %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, B. P. %D 1979 %T Malto: an ethnosemantic study %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages %p 235 pp. %S CIIL occasional monographs series, 15 %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, B. P. %D 1987 %T Malto-Hindi-English dictionary %O Hindi gloss by Lalita Handoo and Rekha Sharma %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages %p xii, 120, 2 pp. %S CIIL dictionary series, 5 %O English, Hindi, and Malto (Malto in Devanagari script) %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, Bijaya Prasada %D 1983 %T Odia bhashatattvika prabandha %C Kataka %I Grantha Mandira %p 3, ii, 168 pp., port. %O Oriya philology. In Oriya. %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, Bijoy P. %A Mahapatra, Ranganayaki %D ?* %T Sora lexicon %% #R679; |AAA %K Sora %A Mahapatra, Bijoy P. %A Stampe, David %D ?* %T Categories of the Sora verb %B Papers on Sora and Gorum linguistics %E Stampe, David. %% #R680; |* %K Sora %A Mahapatra, Bijoy P. %D 1962 %U A note on Juang morphology %C Puri %I unpubl. %% #R706; #Matson 1964; |AAA?? %K Juang %A Mahapatra, Bijoy P. %D 1962 %U A note on Juang phonology %C Puri %I unpubl. %% #R705; #Matson 1964; |AAA?? %K Juang %A Mahapatra, Bijoy P. %D 1962 %U Revised Munda lexical list: Juang %C Bhubaneswar %I unpubl. %O Based on Stampe 1962; included in Matson 1964. %% #Matson 1964; |AAA %K Juang %A Mahapatra, Bijoy P. %D 1964 %U A note on Sora verb morphology %C Puri %I unpubl. %% #R678; |AAA(carbon)?? %K Sora %A Mahapatra, Bijoy P. %D 1976 %T Comparative notes on Juang and Kharia finite verbs %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic Linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 2 %P 801-814 %% ##; |AAA %K Central Munda %A Mahapatra, Khagesvara %D 1976 %T Dakshinancaliya Odia [= Study of southern Oriya] %C Bhubanesvara %I Odisa Rajya Pathyapustaka Pranayana o Prakasana Samstha %p 2, 150, 2 pp., folded map %O In Oriya %O ALSO AVAIL IN ENGLISH (NHZ) !! %O CF ORIG DISS. %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, Khagesvara %D 1977 %T Odia lipi o bhasha %C [Cuttack] %I Khagesvara Mahapatra; Kataka: Mukhya paribeshaka, Grantha Mandira, 1977 %p 2, 155 pp. %O Repr. 1980 %O Articles on Oriya orthography. In Oriya. %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, Khagesvara %D 1979 %T Pratna-Odia: Carya-gitika bhittika prastabita byakarana %C Bhubanesvara %I Khagesvara Mahapatra: paribeshaka Granthalaya %p v, 118 pp. %O In Oriya %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, Khagesvara %D 1985 %T Kabyika bhasha %C Kataka %I Kataka Shtudentas Shtora %p 146 pp. %O In Oriya %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, Khageswar %D 1976 %T Gta? demonstratives [Abstract only] %B Proceedings of the IV All India Conference of Linguists, 1973 %P ?? %% #Ng8 %O "Demonstratives of Gta? are classified and analysed" [Nagaraja, 17]. %A Mahapatra, Khageswar %D 1976 %T Echo-formation in Gta' %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 2 %P 815-831 %O "A characteristic feature of this language is the use of echo-words, particularly in the speech of women. This paper gives an analyais of one class of Gta? echo words, namely those phonologically derivable from their base words, and offers a set of rules governing their formation. Also discussed are the function of the various types of echo-words on the semantic level, their grammatical position, and their relationships in neighbouring languages" [Nagaraja, pp. 17-18]. %O Cf. N. Zide 1976. %% ##; #Ng9; |AAA %K Gta' %A Mahapatra, Khageswar %D 1978 %T Didayi demonstratives %M SICAAL (Mysore) %% #Ng11; !?? %K Gta' %A Mahapatra, Khageswar %D 1980 %T Gta? demonstrative system %M 2nd International South Asian Linguists Conference (Hyderabad) %% #Ng12; !?? %K Gta' %A Mahapatra, Khageswar %D MS ?? %T Gta? texts %% #Ng13; !?? %A Mahapatra, Khageswar %D MS ?? %T A dictionary of Didayi language %% #Ng14; !?? %K Gta' %A Mahapatra, Sabita %A Tirki, Emilia %A Mahapatra, Khagesvara %D 1990 %T Oraom: byakarana, racanabali, sabdakosha [= Oraon: grammar, composition, and dictionary] %C Bhubanesvara %I Adibasi Bhasha o Samskrti Ekademi %p 86, [1], 47, 32, 36 pp. %S Adibasi bhasha adhyayanamala = Tribal language study series, 4 %K Kurukh %O In Kurukh, English, and Oriya (Kurukh in roman and Oriya script) %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, Sitakant %D 1972 %T The empty distance carriers %C Calcutta %I Writers Workshop Publications %O Songs. %% #F2103; |* %K Mundari %A Mahapatra, Sitakant %D 1979 %T Bakhen, ritual invocation songs of a primitive community %C New Delhi %I Prachi Prakashan %p 73 pp., [3] leaves of plates, ill., maps %C Includes Santali songs (in Roman script) with English translation on facing pages %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.S2 M33 %A Mahapatra, Sitakant %D 1983 %T The awakened wind: the oral poetry of the Indian tribes %C New Delhi %I Vikas %p ix, 322 pp. %# ISBN: 0-7069-2153-4 %K folk poetry, Munda, Dravidian %L U.CHI. %A Mahapatra, Sitakant %D 1983 %T The awakened wind: the oral poetry of the Indian tribes %C New Delhi %I Vikas %p ix, 322 pp., ill. %O Includes English translations of tribal Munda and Dravidian folk poetry %L U.HI. ASIA PL4508.2 .M34 1983 %A Mahapatra, Sitakant %D 1991 %T Tribal wall paintings of Orissa %C Bhubaneswar, Orissa %I Orissa Lalit Kala Akademi %p 78 pp., ill. (some col.) %O Includes Sora paintings %K Sora %L U.HI. ASIA ND2828.O75 M35 1991 %A Maiti, Kalyana %D 1978 %T Samotala upakatha %C Kalikata %I Kathasilpa %p 71 pp. %O Based on Paul Olaf Bodding's Santal folk tales. In Bengali. %L U.CHI. %A Maiti, Kalyana %D 1978 %T Samotala upakatha %? a nulikhana Kalyana Maiti %C Kalikata %I Kathasilpa %p 71 pp., ill. %O Santal folk tales, in Bengali, based on Paul Olaf Bodding's Santal folk tales %L U.HI. ASIA GR305.7.S36 S25 %L U.HI. ASIA GR305.7.S36 S25 %A Majumdar, Dhirenda Nath %D 1924 %T On the terminology of relationship of the Hos of Kolhan %J Journal and proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V n.s. 20 %P 199-204 %% #V461; |* %K Ho %A Majumdar, Dhirenda Nath %D 1924 %T Some of the characteristics of Kolarian songs %J Journal and proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V n.s. 20 %N 5 (Anthropological notes) %P 181-192 %% #V461; |* %K Ho %A Majumdar, Dhirenda Nath %D 1929 %T The Korwas of the United Provinces %J Man in India %V 9 %P 237-250 %% #V462; |* %K Korwa %A Majumdar, Dhirenda Nath %D 1932 %T The cycle of life amongst the Korwas %J Man in India %V 12 %P 253-275 %% #V462; |* %K Korwa %A Majumdar, Dhirenda Nath %D 1937 %T A tribe in transition: a study in culture pattern %C London %I Longmans %r [Reviewed Man in India 18.71-76 (1938)] %O Songs, tales. %% #V461; #F2122; |* %K Ho %A Majumdar, Dhirenda Nath %D 1950 %T The affairs of a tribe: a study in tribal dynamics %C Lucknow %I Ethnographic and Folk Culture Society, U. P. %p xxvi, 367 pp. %O Contents: ?? Appendix I, ``Some folk-tales of Kolhan'', 325-359: texts with interlinear translations, 325-349, free translations, 350-359. %% ##; #V461; #Pinnow 1972; #F2114; |* %L Hopkins ?? %K Ho %A Majumdar, Dhirendra Nath %D 1927 %T A few types of Ho songs composed by a Ho teacher %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V n.s. 23 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2115; |* %K Ho %A Majumdar, S. C. %D 1925 %T Some Santal songs %J Visva-Bharati quarterly %V 3 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2126; |* %K Santali %A Man, Edward Horace %D 1872 %T List of words of the Nicobar languages as spoken at Camorta, Nancowry, Trinkutt and Katschal %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 41 %P 1-7 %% #S431; |* %K Nicobarese %A Man, Edward Horace %D 1889 %T A dictionary of the Central Nicobarese language (English-Nicobarese and Nicobarese-English, with appendices containing a comparison of synonymous words in the remaining Nicobarese forms and other matters, preceded by notes on the grammar of the Central form...Published under the patronage of the Secretary of State for India %C London %I W. H. Allen and Co. %p lviii, iv, 243 pp. %+ Reprint, ?? %O Central = Nancowry dialect. %% #V472, #S434; |AAA(xerox) %K Nicobarese %A Martin, W. %D 1898 %T English-Santali dictionary %C Benares %I Medical Hall Press %p 192 pp. %% #V459; |* %K Santali %A Martins, Micael %D 1954 %T The Mando %J Marg %V 8 %N 1 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2160; |* %K Mundari %A Masica, Colin %A Ramanujan, A. K. %D 1969 %T ?? %B Linguistics in South Asia %S Current trends in linguistics, 5 %E Sebeok, Thomas A. %C The Hague %I Mouton %P ?? %% ##; |AAA(xerox) %K areal and typological %A Mason, F. %D 1854 %T The Talaing language %J Journal of the American Oriental Society %V 4 %P 277-289 %O Comparative vocabulary of Talaing and Kole; equates Moan with Moond, i.e. Mon with Munda. %% #V477; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Mason, F. %D 1860 %T Burmah, its people and natural productions or notes on the nations, fauna, flora, and minerals of Tenasserim, Pegu and Burmah %C Rangoon %I ?? %O Repetition of his thesis of 1854, 129-134. %% #V477; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Mason, F. %D 1860 %T Burmah, its people and natural productions or notes on the nations, fauna, flora, and minerals of Tenasserim, Pegu and Burmah %C Rangoon %I ?? %O Vocabulary of Kole, alias Ho, 131 ff. %% #K117; #V477; |* %K Ho %A Maspero, Henri %D 1948 %T Notes sur la morphologie du Tib\'eto-birman et du Munda [ = Notes on Tibeto-Burman and Munda morphology] %J Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris %V 44 %P 155-185 %O Treats them as separate. %% #481; |* %K Sino-Tibetan %A Maspero, Henri %D 1948 %T Notes sur la morphologie du tib\'eto-birman et du Munda [ = Notes on Tibeto-Burman and Munda morphology] %J Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris %V 44 %P 155-185 %% #V475; |* %K Munda %A Maspero, Henri %D 1952 %T Les langues Mounda [ = The Munda languages] %B Les langues du monde [ = The languages of the world] %E Meillet, Antoine %E Cohen, Marcel %e 2nd ed. %C Paris %I ?? %P 623-644 %+ Reprint, 1952?? %O In the 1st ed. of this work, in 1924, these languages were discussed by Przyluski, J., 385-403 %% #V475; |* %K Munda %A Matson, Dan M. %A Mahapatra, Bijoy P. %D 1962 %U A brief description of Juang %C Puri %I unpubl. %p 36 pp. %O Phonemics, morphophonemics, morphology (mostly verbs and nominals), and a tagmemic sketch of the syntax. Apparently based on the dialect of Phulbadi, Keonjhar Dt., it is a first version of Matson 1964. %% ##; #R707(has BPM as author!); #Matson 1964 (has DMM as author!); |AAA(orig.) %K Juang %A Matson, Dan M. %D 1964 %T A grammatical sketch of Juang %R Ph.D. thesis, University of Wisconsin, Madison %% #R708; |AAA(offset) %K Juang %A Matson, Dan Mitchell %D 1964 %T A grammatical sketch of Juang: a Munda language %p vii, 93 leaves %R Thesis (Ph. D.) -- University of Wisconsin %D 1964 %O Typescript (photocopy). Ann Arbor, Mich.: UMI Dissertation Information Service, 1990 %L U.CHI. %A Matson, Dan Mitchell %D 1964 %T A grammatical sketch of Juang: a Munda language %C Madison, WI %p vi, 93 l. %R Ph.D. dissertation, University of Wisconsin %O Photocopy of typescript. Ann Arbor, MI : University Microfilms, 1967 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4575 .M38 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4575 .M38 %A Matson, Dan Mitchell %D 1964 %T A grammatical sketch of Juang: a Munda language %C Madison, WI %p vi, 93 l. %R Ph.D. dissertation, University of Wisconsin, 1964 %O Photocopy of typescript. Ann Arbor, MI : University Microfilms, 1967 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4575 .M38 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4575 .M38 %A Matsumoto, Nobuhiro %D 1928 %T Le japonais et les langues austroasiatiques; etude de vocabulaire compare %C Paris %I P. Geuthner %p x pp., 1 l., [5]-114 pp., 3 l. 24 x 19 cm. %K Japanese language, Austroasiatic languages %L U.HI. PACC PL493 .M3 %L U.HI. ASIA MICROFILM 510 item 4 %A May, J. A. %D 1873 %T Notes on the Bhondas of Jaypur %J Indian antiquary %V 2 %P 236ff %O May, a surveyor, briefly describes the area and the Bondas: their appearance and dress (recounting the legend that Sita gave the Bonda women a piece of tussur cloth to cover their nakedness, barely enough to cover one hip); their marriage ritual with its underground dormitory; and a wild religious ceremony. %% #V465; |AAA(xerox) %K Remo %A Mayrhofer, Manfred %D 1951 %T Arische Landnahme und indische Altbev\"olkerung, im Spiegel der altindischen Sprache [ = The Aryan conquest and the ancient inhabitants of India, in the mirror of the Sanskrit language] %J Saeculum %V 2 %P 54-64 %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Mayrhofer, Manfred %D 1951 %T Kuberah -- Nalakubara, Probleme eines altindischen Gottesnamens [Kuberah -- Nalakubara, the problem of a Sanskrit name of a god] %J Beitr\"age zur Namenforschung %V 2 %P 178-181 %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Mayrhofer, Manfred %D 1953ff %T Kurzgefasstes etymologisches W\"orterbuch des Altindischen [ = A concise etymological dictionary of Sanskrit] %C Heidelberg %I ?? %r [Reviewed: Museum 59 (Juli 1954), by Kuiper, F. B. J.] %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A McDougal, Charles Walter %D 1963 %T The social structure of the Hill Juang %p xxiv, 458 l. %B Thesis (Ph. D.) -- University of New Mexico. %O Xerox copy made in 1975 by University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Mich. %L U.CHI. %A Mehl, C. %D 1910 %T Some remarks on Mundari phonology and on its treatment in the records of the Linguistical Survey of India %J Journal and proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V n.s. 6 %N 5 %P 247-254 %% #V460; |AAA(xerox) %K Mundari %A Meik, Vivian %D 1931 %T The people of the leaves %C London %I ?? %O A lengthy abstract in The Times of London, 6 October 1980; rev. S. C. Roy, An Indian outlook on anthropology, Man, September 1938; rev. L. S. S. O'Malley, Modern India and the West, London 1941. %% #V464; |* %K Juang %A Mishra, D. P. %D 1958 %T Nursery rhymes of Korkus %J Bulletin of the Tribal Research Institute %V 1 %N 4 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2236; |* %K Korku %A Misra, Upendra %D 1983 %T Adibasi bhasha = Adivasi bhasa %C Bhubanesvara %I Upendra Misra %p 269 pp. in various pagings %O Summary: Introduction to the languages spoken by the socially and economically underprivileged people in Orissa. Bonda, Juang, Kuvi, Mundari, Oriya, and Santali (in Oriya script); prefatory matter in English %L U.CHI. %A Mitchell, J. Murray %D 1875 %T Santali songs with translations and notes %J Indian antiquary %V 4 %P 342-344 %% #Flutes; #F2287; |* %K Santali %A Mitchell, J. Murray %D 1875 %T Specimens of wedding songs of the Mundakolhs %J Indian antiquary %V 4 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2288; |* %K Mundari %A Mitra, Bahadur P. K. %D 1957 %T Mundari folk tales %C Ranchi %I ?? %O Tales. %% #F2290; |* %K Mundari %A Mitra, Kalipada %D 1925 %T Bird and serpent myth %J Quarterly journal of the Mythic Society %V 16 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F2297; |* %K Santali ?? %A Mitra, Kalipada %D 1926 %T The origin and parallels of stories in Mr. Bompa's ``Folklore of the Santal Parganas'' %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12:4 %P 560-584 %O Tales. %% #F2295; |AAA(xerox) %K Santali %A Mitra, Kalipada %D 1926 %T The story of a fool and its Sanskrit and Buddhist parallel %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12 %N 3 %P 389-405 %O Tale. %% #F2296; |AAA(xerox) %K Santali ?? %A Mitra, Kalipada %D 1927 %T Marriage customs in Bihar %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V n.s. 23 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2298; |* %K Mundari ?? %A Mitra, Kalipada %D 1929 {1930??} %T Originals and parallels of some Santhal folk-tales %J Journal and proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V n.s. 25 %N 1 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F2291; #F2294; |* %K Santali %A Mitra, Kalipada %D 1938 %T A Munda folk-tale: story of the old man and old woman %J Man in India %V 18 %P ?? %O Tale. %% #F2293; |* %K Mundari %A Mitra, Majumder %A Ranjan, Dakshina %D 1908 %T Th\=akur dadar jhuli [ = ] %C Calcutta %I ?? %O Tale. %% #F2304; |* %K Santali ?? %A Mitra, Majumder %A Ranjan, Dakshina %D 1923 %T D\=ad\=a masay\=e, thal\=e [ = ] %C Calcutta %I ?? %O Tales. %% #F2305; |* %K Santali ?? %A Mitra, Majumder %A Ranjan, Dakshina %D 1925 %T Th\=akur m\=ar jhuli [ = ] %C Calcutta %I ?? %O Tale. %% #F2303; |* %K Santali ?? %A Mitra, Mujamder %A Ranjan, Dakshina %D 1911 %T Th\=a\=n\.di\.dir thal\=e [ = ] %C Dacca %I ?? %O Tales. %% #F2301; |* %K Santali ?? %A Mitra, Mujamder %A Ranjan, Dakshina %D 1928 %T A pioneer Bengalee folklorist %J Indian folklore %V ?? %P ?? %O Bibliography. %% #F2300; |* %K Santali ?? %A Mitra, Mujamder %A Ranjan, Dakshina %D 1957 %T Lakshmi ritual folk-tales %J Indian folklore %V 1 %N 2 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F2299,F2302; |* %K Santali ?? %A Mitra, P. K. %D 1938 %T A Munda folk-tale %J Man in India %V 18 %P 153-162 %% #V460; |* %K Mundari %A Mitra, Parimala Candra %D 1985 %T Samotala bhasha, bhitti o sambhabana %C Kalikata %I Pharma Keelaema %p xiv, 152 pp. %O Grammar of the Santali langauge, in Bengali; introd. in Bengali and English %L U.CHI. %A Mitra, Parimala Candra %D 1985 %T Samotala bhasha, bhitti o sambhabana %C Kalikata %I Pharma Keelaema %p xiv, 152 pp. %O Grammar of the Santali language, in Bengali; introd. in Bengali and English %L U.CHI. %A Mitra, Parimala Candra %D 1985 %T Samotala bhasha, bhitti o sambhabana %C Kalikata %I Pharma Keelaema %p xiv, 152 pp. %O In Bengali; introd. in Bengali and English: Grammar of the Santali language %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.1 .M57 1985 %A Mitra, Parimala Candra %D 1988 %T Santhali, the base of world languages %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p x, 165 pp. %O Grammar of the Santali language, English and Santali (roman) %L U.CHI. %A Mitra, Parimala Candra %D 1988 %T Santhali, the base of world languages %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p x, 165 pp. %O Summary: Grammar of Santali language %L U.CHI. %A Mitra, Parimala Candra %D 1988 %T Santhali, the base of world languages %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p x, 165 pp., ill. %O Grammar of Santali language (Santali in roman) %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.1 .M58 1988 %A Mitra, Parimala Candra %D 1991 %T Santhali, a universal heritage %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p xii, 144 pp. %O Grammar of the Santali language. %L U.CHI. %A Mitra, Parimala Candra %D 1991 %T Santhali, a universal heritage %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p xii, 144 pp. %O Summary: Grammar of the Santali language %L U.CHI. %A Mitra, Parimala Candra %D 1991 %T Santhali, a universal heritage %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p xii, 144 pp. %O Grammar of the Santali language %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.1 .M575 1991 %A Mitra, Rai Bahadur P. K. (ed.) %D 1956 %T Mundari folk tales in original Mundari language in devanagri script with English translation %C Ranchi %I ?? %% #V487; |* %K Mundari %A Mitra, S. C. %D 1926 %T A note on human sacrifice among the Santals %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12 %N 1 %P 153-157 %% #contents page; |* %K Santali %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1917 %T Notes on some Ho riddles %J Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay %V 11 %N 2 %P ?? %O Riddles. %% #F2324; |* %K Ho %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1917-1918 %T Santhali life in Santhali folksongs %J Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay %V 13 %N 3 %P ?? %O Riddles. %% #F2344; |* %K Santali %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1920 %T On a Khasi aetiological folktale %J Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay %V 11 %N 7 %P ?? %O Tale. %% #F2321; |* %K Khasi %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1921-1924 %T On an egg-myth from Orissa %J Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay %V 12 %N 2 %P ?? %O Tale. %% #F2311; |* %K other?? %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1926 %T On a Ho folktale of the wicked queen's type %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12 %N 1 %P 162-169 %O Tale. %% #F2322; |* %K Ho %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1926 %T On a Santali folktale of the hero and the deity type %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12 %N 1 %P 140-146 %O Tale. %% #F2316; |AAA(xerox) %K Santali %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1927 %T On a ``Satya Peer'' legend in Santhali guise %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 21 %P ?? %O Tale. %% #F2307; |* %K Santali %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1928 %T The caterpillar-boy and the caterpillar-husband in Santhali and Lhota Naga folk-lore %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 14 %N 3 %P 426-428 %O Tale. %% ##; #F2332; |AAA(xerox) %K Santali %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1929 %T On the Birhor folktale of the wicked queen's type %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 20 %P ?? %O Tale. %% #F2310; |* %K Birhor %A Mitra, Sarat Chandra %D 1929 %T The ``magical conflicts'' in Santhali, Bengali and Ao Naga folklore %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 20 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F2326; |* %K Santali %A Monfrini, Stefano %D 1929 %T La tribu dei Santal [ = The Santal tribe] %C Milano %I ?? %% #V459; |* %K Santali %A Monney, Undro %D 1943 %T Ka geography Khasi %C Khasi Hills %I Welsh Mission %% #V472; |* %K Khasi %A Mukherjea, C. L. %D 1943 %T The Santals %C Calcutta %I ??. %% #V460; #Orans 1965 (``Publisher and year unknown''); |* %K Santali %A Mukherjea, Charulal %D 1962 %T The Santals (with illustrations) %e 2nd ed. %C Calcutta %I A. Mukherjee and Co. %p xvi, 459 pp., plates %+ 1st ed. 1940 mostly destroyed; 2nd ed. revised. %O Contents: ch. I, Santal genesis and migration; ch. II, Habitat and population; ch. III, Economic life; ch. IV, Social fabric; ch. V, Kinship organisation; ch. VI, Tribal polity; ch. VII, From birth to death; ch. VIII, The cycle of Santal festivals; ch. IX, Religion of the Santals; ch. X, Magic and witch-craft; ch. XI, Santal folk-lore; ch. XII, The Santals in a changing civilisation; app. I, Sex life of the Santal; app. II, A note on hunting in Mayurbhanj; app. III, Santal sects and sub-sects according to Campbell; app. IV, Ditto according to Risley; Index. %@ A. Mukherjee and Co., 2 Bankim Chatterjee Street, Calcutta-12 %% ##; |* %L Hopkins DS432.S2M8 1962 %K Santali %A Mukherjee, Charulal %D 1945 %T Santhals revisited %J Hindustan standard %V ?? %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2389; |* %K Santali %A Mukherjee, Charulal %D n.d. %T The Santhals %C Calcutta %I A. Mukherjee and Co. %O Tales, songs, etc. %% #F2390; |* %K Santali %A Mukherji, C. C. %D 1935 %T Notes on the Santals and Kherias of Manbhum District %B Census of India I, 3 B.110ff ?? %% #V463; |* %K Kharia %A Munda, Bhaiya Ram %D 1961 %T Damram jamakana horo-kahani ko %p 2, 313 pp. %O Short stories in Santali %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563.M8 D32 %A Munda, Dulal Chandra %D 1971 %T Santhal stories on foolishness and human sacrifice %B Bihar in folklore study %C Calcutta %I Indian Publications %O Tales. %% #F2404; |* %K Santali %A Munda, Dulaya Candra %D 1978 %T Bambaru = Masala: Mundari kavitaom ka sangraha %C Ranci %I [Dulaya Candra Munda] %p 68 pp. %O Poems in Mundari, with prefatory matter and translation in Hindi %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1964 %T Mundari quantifiers %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% #R716; |* %K Mundari %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1965 %T Voice, tense, and aspect in Mundari %C Chicago %I unpubl. %% #R717; |* %K Mundari %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1969 %T Proto-Kherwarian phonology %R M.A. thesis, University of Chicago %p 194 pp. %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1969 %T Aspects of Mundari verb %J Indian linguistics %V 30 %N 2 %P 27-49 %O On transitivity, aspect, voice, tense, mode, and subject/object agreement in Mundari verb morphology. Introduces ``focus'' on subject or object. Argues that tense is not an independent category, but is determined by aspect and focus. %% ##; |AAA(xerox, lacks last 2 pp., poor quality) %K Mundari %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1971 %T Cultural elements in Ho folk songs %B Bihar in folklore study %C Calcutta %I Indian Publications %O Songs. %% #F2405; |* %K Ho %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1975 %T Structural features of the Vaisnava songs of the Pacpargana (dialect of) Bengali: a study in the language of poetry %p v, 173 leaves %R Thesis (Ph. D.) -- Univ. of Chicago, Dept. of Linguistics, June 1975 %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1976 %T Some formal features of traditional Mundari poetry %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic Linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 2 %P 843-871 %% ##; |AAA %K Mundari %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1981 %T The language of poetry %C New Delhi %I Classical Publishers & Distributors %p 117 pp. %O Folk poetry, Bengali, metrics %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D ?? %T Proto-Kherwarian sound system %R M.A. thesis, University of Chicago %+ Reprint, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota, Department of South Asian Studies, mimeo. (n.d.) %p iv, 178 pp. %% ##; |AAA(xerox of U. Minn. ed.) %K Kherwarian %A Munda, Ramadayala %A Giriraja, Giridhari Rama Gaunjhu %D 1986 %T Phina bhenta aura dusara nagita %C Ranci %I Nagapuri Pracarini Sabha %p 40 pp., ports. %O Poems in Nagpuria (Sadani) %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Ramadayala %A Naga, Nalini %A Munda, Amita %D 1981 %T Mundari patha: Mundari gadya-padya sangraha, sanuvada %C Ranci %I Mundari Sahitya Parishad %p ix, 188 pp. %O Hindi and Mundari %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Ramadayala %D 1978 %T Kucha nae Nagapuri gita %C Ranci %I Nagapuri Sahitya Parishad %p 15 pp. %O Poems in Nagpuria (Sadani) %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Ramadayala %D 1978 %T Kucha nae Nagapuri gita %C Ranci %I Nagapuri Sahitya Parishad %p 15 pp. %O Poems in Nagpuria (Sadani) %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Ramadayala %D 1979 %T Mundari vyakarana %C Ranci, Bihara %I Mundari Sahitya Parishad %p vi, 3, 80, [2], 7 pp. %O Summary: Grammar of the Mundari language, in Hindi %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Ramadayala %D 1980 %T Nadi aura usake sambandhi tatha anya nagita %C Ranci, Bihara %I Jharakhanda Sahitya Parishad %p 10, 63 pp. %L U.CHI. %A Munda, Subhendu %D 1981 %T Sabda-nihsabda %C Kataka %I Phrendas Pablisarsa %p 80 pp. %L U.CHI. %A Mundlay, Aasha Kelkar %D 1965 %T Multilingual behavior of the Nihals in some settlements in Buldana District %% #R764; |* %K Nahali %A Mundlay, Aasha Kelkar %D 1966 %T Linguistic and ritual maintenance of self-identity among the Nihals %% #R765; |* %K Nahali %A Mundlay, Aasha Kelkar %D ?* %T Nihali lexicon with phonological and etymological notes %% #R766; |* %K Nahali %A Munro, Annie Catherine %D 1930 %T S'ora (Savara) folk-lore %J Man in India %V 10 %N 1 %P 1-9 %% ##; #V464; |AAA(xerox) %K Sora %A Munro, Annie Catherine %D 1930 %T S'ora (Savara) folklore: the bear story %J Man in India %V 10 %P ?? %O Songs, legends. %% #F2406; |AAA %K Sora %A Muramu, Bhagavata %D 1963 %T Dona serena %p 5, 195 pp., ill. %O Santali folk-songs, without music, with explanation in Hindi %L U.HI. ASIA M1803.M92 D6 %A Muramu, Bhagavata %D 1967 %T Hindi Santali sabda-kosa [= Hindi-Santali dictionary] %p 208 pp. %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563 .M8 %A Murmu, Bhagavata %D 1982 %T Santali loka-kathaem [= Santali folk-tales] %? [sankalaka tatha anuvadaka] Bhagavata Murmu "Thakura" %C Kohima %I Nagalainda Bhasha Parishada %p 103 pp. %O In Santali; translation and pref. in Hindi. %L U.HI. ASIA GR305.7.S36 S26 1982 %A Murmu, S. C. %D 1944 %T Gr\=am kah\=an\=i [ = ] %C Dumka %I Santhal Education Committee %O Tales. %% #F2408; |* %K Santali %A Murmu, S. H. %D 1945 %T Karam ar caco chatia %C Benagaria %I ?? %% #V460; |* %K Santali %A Murmu, Timothy Tilkai %D 1954 %T The Adibasis past and present, that is, a history of the Indian aborigines from the earliest times to the present day %C Tinhapar, Santal Parganas %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K miscellaneous %A Nagaraja, K. S. %D 1980 %T A linguistic bibliography of Munda languages %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages, mimeo. %p v, 77 pp. %O 359 entries, some with abstracts, entered by language, subentered by language, with author index. %% ##; abbrev #N[page]; |AAA %K bibliography %A Nagaraja, K. S. %D 1989 %T Austroasiatic languages: a linguistic bibliography %C Pune %I Deccan College Post-graduate & Research Institute %O Contents: Introduction 1-9, Sources 9-10, List of periodicals 11-13, Descriptive study [by language: Asuri, Birhor, Gatah/Gtah/Didey, Gutob/Gadaba, Ho, Juang, Kharia, Kol, Korku/Kurku, Korwa, Mundari, Nahali, Parengi/Gorum, Remo/Bonda, Santali, Sora/Saora, Turi, Khasi, Nicobarese] 15-83, General study 85-99, Comparative study 101-128, Addenda 128-131, Language index 133-135, Author index 137-147; 547 entries, most with abstracts. %p 147 pp., ill. %% ##; abbrev #Ng[page]; |AAA %L U.CHI.; U.HI. ASIA PL4281 .N34 1989 %A Nagarjuna %D 1977 %T The holy-man from Jamaniya [= Jamaniya ka baba] %T translated from the Hindi by Ram Dayal Munda, Paul W. Staneslow & Mark E. Johnson %C Calcutta %I Writers Workshop %C Thompson, Conn. %I Inter Culture Associates %p 10, 129 pp. %O In English; translated from the Hindi %S A Writers Workshop greenbird book %L U.CHI. %A Narayan, J. S. %D 1942 %T Khasi folk-lore %J New review %V 16 %P ?? %O Songs, tales. %% #F2508; |* %K Khasi %A Nissor Singh, U. %D 1900 %T Hints on the study of the Khasi language %C Shillong %I Ri Khasi Press %p (2), iv, 58 pp. %% #V472; |* %K Khasi %A Nissor Singh, U. %D 1906 %T Khasi-English dictionary %E Gurdon, P. R. T. %E Dohory Ropmay, U %E Hajom Kissor Singh, U. %C Shillong %I Eastern Bengal and Assam Secretariat Press %p vi, (1), 247 pp. %% #V472, #S324, |AAA(xerox??) %K Khasi %A Nottrott, A. %D 1882 %T Grammatik der Kolh-Sprache [ = Grammar of the Kolh language]. %e 1st ed. %C Guetersloh %I ?? %+ 2nd ed. Berlin: ??, 1904 %% #V460; |* %K Mundari %A Nottrott, A. %D 1905 %T Grammar of the Kol-language, translated into English, with an appendix of phrases by A. G. F. Fitzgerald %C Ranchi %I ?? %% #V460; |* %K Mundari %A Nowrangi, P. S. %D 1956 %T A simple Sadani grammar %C Ranchi %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K Sadani %A Nowrangi, P. S. %D 1957 %T A Sadani reader %C Ranchi %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K Sadani %A Oldham, Thomas %D 1854 %T On the geological structure of part of the Khasi Hills, with observations on the meteorology and ethnology of that district %C Calcutta %I Carbery %p (4), 78, (2), lxxii pp. %O Appendix C, li-lxx: On the language and ethnology of the Khasis. %% #S298; |* %K Khasi %A Orans, Martin %D 1965 %T The Santal: a tribe in search of a great tradition %C Detroit %I Wayne State University Press %p xiv, 154 pp. %O General ethnographic study focused on the impact of industrialization on the Santals around Jamshedpur, Singhbum Dt., Bihar. %% ##; simult. publ. by Ambassador Books, Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, Canada; Lib.Cong.#65-12595; |AAA %K Santali %A Panda, Pramoda Kumari %A Pujari, Dobeka %A Mahapatra, Khagesvara %D 1989 %T Didayi: byakarana, racanabali, sabdakosha [= Didayi: Grammar, composition, and dictionary] %C Bhubanesvara %I Adibasi Bhasha o Samskrti Ekademi %p 130 pp. %S Adibasi bhasha adhyayanamala = Tribal language study series; v. 1 %O Didayi, English, and Oriya; preface in English (Didayi in roman) %L U.CHI. %A Panda, Santosh K. %D 1987 %T Indian culture and personality: Saora highlanders of Eastern Ghats %C Delhi %I Discovery Pub. House %p xii, 185 pp., [26] pp., of plates, ill. %K Sora, Savara %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.S37 P35 1987 %A Pandey, Ajit Kumar %D 1989 %T Kinship and tribal polity: a comparative study of the Mundas and Oraons of Bihar %C Jaipur %I Rawat Publications %p xii, 276 pp., ill. %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.M8 P36 1989 %A Paramanik, Paramananda %D 1956 %T Some observations on aboriginal folklore %J Indian folklore %V 1 %N 2 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F2637; |* %K other?? %A Parida, G. %D 1968 %T Acculturation of Saura children into Oriya society %C Cuttack %p xvi, 115 pp., 22 cm. %O Sponsored by Research Programmes Committee, Planning Commission, New Delhi %K Sora, Saora, Savara %L U.HI. ASIA DS485.O6 P33 %A Parkin, Robert %D 1991 %T A guide to Austroasiatic speakers and their languages %C Honolulu %I University of Hawaii Press %p ix, 198 pp., [14] pp., of plates, ill., maps %S Oceanic Linguistics special publication, 23 %O Includes bibliographical references (p. 135-184) and index %L U.HI. HMLTN PL5001 .A3451 no.23 %L U.HI. PACC PL5001 .A3451 no.23 %L U.HI. PACC PL5001 .A3451 no.23 c. 2 %A Parkin, Robert %D 1992 %T The Munda of central India: an account of their social organization %C Delhi/New York %I Oxford University Press %p xv, 310 pp., maps %O Study chiefly on the Munda (Indic people) of Bihar, Orissa, and Madhya Pradesh %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.M8 P38 1992 %A Pattanayak, Debi Prasanna %D 1968 %T Some comments on Parenga kinship terms %B Studies in Indian linguistics (Volume presented to Prof. M. B. Emeneau on his sixtieth birthday year) %E Krishnamurti, Bh. %C Poona and Annamalainagar %I ?? %P 250-256 %% ##; #Zide, A. 1982; #N111; {this vol. is often cited as Indian linguistics (the journal), but it does not appear in Acharya 1978}; |AAA(vol.) %K Gorum %A Peal, S. E. %D 1896 %T On some traces of the Kol-Mon-Anam in the eastern Naga Hills %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 65 %N 3 %P 20-24 %% #S318; |* %K Khasi %A Peal, S. E. %D 1897 %T On some traces of the Kol-Mon-Anam in the eastern Naga Hills %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 65 %N 3 %P 20-24 %% #S318; #V477 (gives date 1897??); |* %K Austroasiatic %A Pederson, Mathew A. %D 1913 %T Sketches from Santalistan %e 2d ed. %C Minneapolis %I Den Lutherske Missionaer %p 187 pp., ill. %K Santals, missions %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.S2 P43 1913 %A Phayre, Arthur %D 1873 %T On the history of Pegu %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 42 %P 23-57, 120-159 %O Accepts Mason's theory, 35. %% #V477; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Phillips, J. %D 1852 %T An introduction to the Santal language, consisting of a grammar, reading lessons, and a vocabulary %C ?? %I ?? %p 187 pp. %% #V459; |* %K Santali %A Phillips, J. L. %D 1884 %T Folklore of the Santalas %J Orientalist %V 1 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F2712; |* %K Santali %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1954 %U Grundz\"uge einer Phonetik der Kharia-Sprache [ = Elements of a phonetics of the Kharia language] %C Berlin %I unpubl. %% #V463; #R702; |* %K Kharia %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1954 %U Grundz\"uge einer Phonetik des Mundari [ = Elements of a phonetics of Mundari] %C Berlin %I unpubl. %% #V460; #R718; |* %K Mundari %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1959 %T Versuch einer historischen Lautlehre der Kharia-Sprache %C Wiesbaden %I Otto Harrassowitz %p xviii, 514 pp., col. map. %O Treats also comparative Munda and Austroastic. Extensive bibliography (pp. 459-489) %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4579 .P5 %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1959 %T Versuch einer historischen Lautlehre der Kharia-Sprache [ = Essay on a historical phonology of the Kharia language] %C Wiesbaden %I Harrassowitz %O Literaturverzeichnis [ = Bibliography], 459-489 %% ##; abbrev #V[page]; |AAA %K bibliography %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1959 %T Versuch einer historischen Lautlehre der Kharia-Sprache [ = Essay on a historical phonology of the Kharia language] %C Wiesbaden %I Harrassowitz %p xviii, 514 pp., folded map of the Austroasiatic languages %r [Reviewed Shafer??; ??] %O Despite its modest title, and its emphasis on Kharia and the Munda languages, the most ambitious comparative study of the Austroasiatic languages as a whole, drawing on virtually every Austroasiatic source known in the fifties to establish proto-Munda and proto-Austroasiatic phonology and lexicon. It is a great misfortune that the data then available on Koraput Munda languages was so slight or misleading; relying on Ramamurti's erroneous presentation of Sora as having short vs long vowel systems, Pinnow projected this error from Sora to proto-Austroasiatic. Otherwise, his reconstructions seem in the main to stand up. The Introduction (1-26) lists the languages, briefly surveys the history of comparisons, and surveys their collective systems of word-formation and compounding. Part 1 (27-68) surveys the phonemic systems of the Munda languages (except Gta', which was not known then); Nahali; and the main Mon-Khmer languages (Mon, Khmer, Bahnar, Stieng, Chrau, Sr\^e); Palaung and Lawa; Khasi; Nicobarese; and the Malakka languages Semang and Sakai. Part 2, Vocalism (69-196), and part 3, Consonantism (197-428), survey the proto-phonemes, providing several hundred sets of cognates and semi-cognates which, thanks to full word-indexes (490-514), represent the fullest comparative Austroasiatic dictionary to date. To provide for the effects of occasional vowel harmony, the presentation of each proto-phoneme is divided up according to its positions in a (C)V(C) or (C)V(C)(C)V(C) word structure frame. Part 4 treats accent and intonation (429-448), and part 5, syllable and word structure. The Literaturverzeichnis (459-489), by far the most comprehensive single contribution to Munda bibliography, is lightly annotated. %% #R751; |AAA %K Austroasiatic %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1960 %T \"Uber den Ursprung der voneinander abweichenden Strukturen der Munda- und Khmer-Nikobar-Sprachen [ = On the origin of the divergent structures of the Munda and Khmer-Nikobar languages] %J Indo-Iranian journal %V 4 %P 81-103 %O A survey of the divergent phonological, morphological, and syntactic typologies of the Munda, Mon-Khmer, and Nicobarese languages, and a sketch of the development of these extreme differences, which for many linguists made the genetic relationship of these languages seem impossible. %% #R752; |AAA(offpr.) %K Austroasiatic %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1960 %U Beitr\"age zur Kenntnis der Juang-Sprache [ = Contributions to a knowledge of the Juang language] %C Berlin %I unpubl. %% #R709; |AAA(xerox, incomplete) %K Juang %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1961 %U Eine neue Schrift und Geheimsprache bei den Ho von Singbhum (Bihar) -- ein vorl\"aufiger Bericht [ = A new script and secret language among the Ho of Singhbhum (Bihar) -- a preliminary report] %C Berlin %I unpubl. %O Cf. Pinnow 1972. %% #R(32.80n); |* %K Ho %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1963 %T The position of the Munda languages within the Austroasiatic language family %B Linguistic comparison in South East Asia and the Pacific %E Shorto, Harry L. %S Collected papers in Oriental and African studies %C London %I School of Oriental and African Studies %P 140-152 %% #R753; |AAA(vol., offpr.) %K Austroasiatic %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1965 %T Personal pronouns in the Austroasiatic languages: a historical study %B Indo-Pacific linguistic studies %E Milner, G. B. %E Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %C Amsterdam %I North-Holland Publishing Co. %V 1 %P 3-42 %% #R754; |AAA %K Austroasiatic %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1966 %T A comparative study of theverb in the Munda languages %B Studies in comparative Austroasiatic linguistics %E Zide, Norman H. %S Indo-Iranian monographs, 5 %C The Hague %I Mouton %P 96-193 %% ##; #R723; |AAA %K Munda %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1967 %T Eine Mythe der Juang [ = A Juang myth] %B Pratid\=anam: Indian, Iranian and Indo-European studies presented to Franciscus Bernardus Jacobus Kuiper on his sixtieth birthday %C The Hague %I Mouton %P 371-380 %O Juang (dialect of Suakati, Dt. Keonjhar, Orissa) text of the story of Rusi and Rusiani, with translation (German) and notes on phonology and grammar. (A different version of this story was given in English by Elwin 1948:133 and Elwin 1949:555) %% ##; |AAA(offprint) %K Juang %A Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %D 1972 %T Schrift und Sprache in den Werken Lako Bodras im Gebiet der Ho von Singbhum (Bihar) [ = Writing and language in the works of Lako Bodra in the Ho country of Singbhum (Bihar)] %J Anthropos %V 67 %P 822-857 %O Cf. Pinnow 1961. %% ##; |AAA(offpr.) %K Ho %A Pithawalla, Maneck B. %D 1943-1944 %T Correlations between linguistic (cultural) regions and the physiographic divisions of India, Burma and Ceylon %J Science and culture %V 9 %P 466-475 %% #V486; |* %K areal and typological %A Prasad, Onkar %D 1985 %T Santal music: a study in pattern and process of cultural persistence %C New Delhi %I Inter-India Publications %p xiv, 133 pp., ill., music %S Tribal studies of India series, T115 %O Santali music, folk-songs, musical instruments %L U.HI. ASIA ML338 .P727 1985 %A Prasad, Rajendra %D 1931 %T Tribes of India I-II %C Delhi %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K miscellaneous %A Prasad, Swarnalata %D 1961 %T A study of Ho dialect %J Bulletin of the Bihar Tribal Research Institute, Ranchi %V 33 %N 1 %P 1-36 %O A structural phonological and morphological analysis of Ho, with a short vocabulary glossed in Hindi and English. %% #N28; |* %K Ho %A Prasada, Svarnalata %D 1985? %T Khariya vartalapa nirdesika %C Ranci %I Bihara Jana Jatiya Kalyana Sodha Samsthana %p xii, 119, 93, 33 pp. %O Summary: Hindi-Kharia conversation book; includes Kharia-Hindi vocabulary. In Hindi and Kharia; introductory matter in Hindi %L U.CHI. %A Prasada, Svarnalata %D [1985?] %T Khariya vartalapa nirdesika %C Ranci %I Bihara Jana Jatiya Kalyana Sodha Samsthana %p xii, 119, 93, 33 pp. %O Hindi-Kharia conversation book, with Kharia-Hindi vocabulary; introductory matter in Hindi %L U.HI. ASIA PL4579.2 .P73 1985 %A Prendergast, M. H., &in collaboration with Cust, Robert %D 1881 %T Vocabulary of the Savara language %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society %V n.s. 13 %P 425-428 %% #V464; |* %K Sora %A Pryse, W. %D 1855 %T Introduction to the Khasia language, comprising a grammar, selections for reading, and a vocabulary %C Calcutta %I School-Book Society %p x, 192 pp. %% #V471, #S299; |* %K Khasi %A Przyluski, Jean %D 1921/1922 %T De quelques noms anaryens en indo-aryen %J M\'emoires de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris %V 21/22 %P 209ff/205-210 %O Cf. Przyluski 1924/1929. %% #V484; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Przyluski, Jean %D 1924/1925/1926/1929 ?? %T Emprunts anaryens en indo-aryen %J Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris %V 24/25/26/30 %P 70ff, 118-123, 255-258/66-71/98-103/196-201 %O Cf. Przyluski 1921/1922. %% #V484; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Przyluski, Jean %D 1926 %T Un ancien peuple de Penjab: Les Udumbara [ = An ancient people of the Panjab, the Udumbara] %J Journal asiatique %V 208 %P 1-59 %O Compares the language of this people to Austric languages. %% #V485; |AAA(xerox); nonAA?? %K Austroasiatic %A Przyluski, Jean %D 1927 %T Noms de villes indiennes dans la g\'eographie de Ptol\'em\'ee %J Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris %V 27 %N 218-229 %% #V485; |* %K Indo-Aryan %A Przyluski, Jean %D 1927 %T Noms de villes indiennes dans le g\'eographie de Ptol\'em\'ee [ = Names of Indian cities in Ptolemy's geography] %J Bulletin de la Soci\'et\'e de Linguistique de Paris %V 27 %P 228-229 %% #V486; |* %K Sumerian %A Przyluski, Jean %D 1937 %T K\=ol and Mu\.n\.d\=a, a new aspect of the Austro-Asiatic problem %J Journal of the Greater India Society %V 4 %P 45-48 %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Purty, Dhanur Singh %D ?? %T ?? [ = The Hos of the Ho country] %v 7 vols %C Chaibasa, Dt. Singhbhum, Bihar %I Xavier Ho Publications, St. Xavier's High School %O In Ho. Published by 1979: Book 1: Customs at time of birth, marriage, and death; Book 2: Feasts; Book 3: Hospitality and various other activities and attitudes (1979); Book 4: Singbonga and the Bongas (1979). %% #Deeney 1978:ii; |*(only 3, 4) %K Ho %A R\"oepstorff, Frederik Ad. de %D 1875 %T Vocabulary of dialects spoken in the Nicobar and Andaman Isles, with a short account of the natives, their customs and habits, and of previous attempts at colonisation %e 2nd ed. %+ 1st ed., Port Blair: ??, 1874 %C Calcutta %I Superintendent, Government Printing %p (3), 114 pp., 1 map %% #V472, #S423; |* %K Nicobarese %A R\"oepstorff, Frederik Ad. de %D 1884 %T Dictionary of the Nancowry dialect of the Nicobarese language, in two parts: Nicobarese-English and English-Nicobarese %E R\"oepstorff, Mrs. de. %C Calcutta %I Home Department Press %p xxv, 279 pp. %% #V472, #S432; |* %K Nicobarese %A R\'egamey, Constantin %D 1934 %T Bibliographie analytique des travaux relatifs au \'el\'ements anaryens dans la civilisation et les langues de l'Inde [ = Analytic bibliography of works relating to non-Aryan elements in the civilizations and languages of India] %J Bulletin de l'\'Ecole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient %V 34 %N 2 %P 429-566 %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A R\'egamey, Constantin %D 1934 %T Bibliographie analytique des travaux relatifs au \'el\'ements anaryens dans la civilisation et les langues de l'Inde [ = Analytic bibliography of works relating to non-Aryan elements in the civilizations and languages of India] %J Bulletin de l'\'Ecole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient %V 34 %N 2 %P 429-566 %% #V485; |* %K bibliography %A R\'egamey, K. %D 1938 %T ?? %J Polski Biuletyn orientalistyczny %V 2 %P 13-40 %O With bibliography. %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Rabel, Lili %D 1961 %T Khasi, a language of Assam %S Louisiana State University studies, humanities series, 10 %C Baton Rouge, Louisiana %I Louisiana State University Press %p xv, 248 pp., 2 plates %% #S333; |AAA %K Khasi %A Rabel-Heymann, Lili %D 1976 %T Analysis of loanwords in Khasi %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 2 %P 971-1034 %% ##; |AAA %K Khasi %A Rabel-Heymann, Lili %D 1977 %T Gender in Khasi nouns %J Mon-Khmer studies %V 6 %P 247-272 %% ##; |AAA %K Khasi %A Radhakrishnan, R. %D 1970 %T A preliminary descriptive analysis of Nancowry %R Ph.D. thesis, The University of Chicago %% ##; |AAA(partial xerox, lacks III and 197ff. (Texts, Bibliography) %K Nicobarese %A Radhakrishnan, R. %D 1976 %T A note on the morphology of the causative in Nancowry %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 2 %P 1035-1040 %% ##; |AAA %K Nicobarese %A Raffy, K. V. %D 1920 %T Folk tales of the Khasis %C London %I Macmillan and Co. %O Tale. %% #F2795; #V472; |* %K Khasi %A Raha, Manis K. %D 1967 %T Folksongs of the tribals of West Bengal %B Folk music and folklore: an anthology %C Calcutta %I Folk Music and Folklore Research Society %O Songs. %% #F2802; |* %K Santali %A Ramadas, G. %D 1925 %T Aboriginal names in the Ramayana %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 11 %N 1 %P 41-53 %O Proposes that several names in the Ramayana are derived from Sora words. %% #V484; |AAA(xerox) %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Ramadas, G. %D 1931 %T Porojas %J Man in India %V 11 %P 243-258 %% #Elwin 1950:2(cites just p. 248??); #V465; |* %K Remo %A Ramadas, G. %D 1931 %T The Gadabas %J Man in India %V 11 %P 160-173 %% #V465; |* %K Gutob %A Ramaiah, L. S. %A Kanakachary, M. %D 1990 %T Tribal linguistics in India: a bibliographical survey of international resources %C Madras %I T. R. Publications %p xxii, 274 pp. %# ISBN: 81-8542700-3 %L U.CHI. %A Ramaiah, L. S. %A Kanakachary, M. %D 1990 %T Tribal linguistics in India: a bibliographical survey of international resources %C Madras %I T. R. Publications %p xxi, 274 pp. %L U.HI. ASIA REF Z3208.L5 R36 1990 %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1911? %T Savara reader %C Madras? %I ?? %% #V464; |* %K Sora %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1912/13 %T Telugu translation of the Savara reader %C Madras %I ?? %% #V464; |* %K Sora %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1913 %T Savara songs %C Madras %I ?? %% #V464; |* %K Sora %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1914 %T Telugu-Savara dictionary %C Madras %I ?? %% #V464; |* %K Sora %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1931 %T A manual of the So:ra: (or Savara) language %C Madras %I Superintendent, Government Press %p xxxiv, 254 pp. %O in four sections: Phonetics, Grammatical Outline, Preliminary Lessons and Exercises, and Reading Lessons with Notes and Vocabularies. %% ##; #V464; |AAA %K Sora %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1933 %T English-Sora dictionary %C Madras %I Superintendent, Government Press %p xvi, 257 pp. %% ##; #V464; |AAA %K Sora %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1938 %T Sora-English dictionary %C Madras %I Superintendent, Government Press %O Comparisons with Vedda, 10. %% #V486; |AAA %K Vedda %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1938 %T Sora-English dictionary %C Madras %I Superintendent, Government Press %p xxxvi, 318 pp. %O Contains ``A Table showing Comparisons between Sora Words and Words of the Kindred Languages'', 18-31, and also numerous word-comparisons in the text. Very valuable, since Gutob, Remo, and Pareng especially are treated. (These citations are gathered in Zide, N., et al. 19??.). %% #V475; |AAA %K Munda %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1938 %T Sora-English dictionary %C Madras %I Superintendent, Government Press %p xxxvi, 318 pp. %O Contains extensive comparative material from Gutob, Remo and Pareng. %% #V465; |AAA %K Gutob %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1938 %T Sora-English dictionary %C Madras %I Superintendent, Government Press %p xxxvi, 318 pp. %O Contains extensive comparative material from Gutob, Remo and Pareng. %% #V465; |AAA %K Remo %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1938 %T Sora-English dictionary %C Madras %I Superintendent, Government Press %p xxxvi, 318 pp. %O With ``A Table showing Comparisons between Sora Words and Words of the Kindred Languages'', about 90 comparisons. %% ##; #V464; |AAA %K Sora %A Ramamurti, G. V. %D 1986 %T Sora-English dictionary %C Delhi %I Mittal Publication %p xxxi, 318 pp. %O Reprint of 1st ed. (Madras, 1938) %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4587 .R36 1986 %A Ramamurti, Gidugu Venkata %D [1972] %T Savaralu %p iii, vi, 146 pp., illus. 20 cm. %O In Telugu ? %K Sora, Saora, Sava, Gidugu Venkata Ramamurti (1863-1940), education %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.S37 R35 %A Ramamurti, Ji. Vi. %D 1976 %T Gidugu Ramamurti: jivita caritra %C Haidarabadu %I Samacara, Paurasambandhasakha %p 69 pp. %O Brief biography of Gidugu Venkata Ramamurti, 1863-1940, Telugu litterateur. In Telugu. %L U.CHI. %A Ramamurti, Venkata Gidugu %D 1986 %T Sora-English dictionary %C Delhi %I Mittal Publication: Distributed by Mittal Publishers' Distributors %p xxxvi, 318 pp. %O Reprint of 1938 edition. Author listed as Gidugu Venkataramamurti %L U.CHI. %A Ramaswami Aiyar, L. V. %D 1929/1930 %T Austric and Dravidian %J Quarterly journal of the Mythic Society %V 202 %N 2/3 %P 107-114/226-232 %% #V484; |* %K Dravidian %A Ramsey %D 1914 %T A vocabulary of words in the Kurku language %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K Korku %A Ramsey %D 1940 %T Korku-Hindi-English dictionary %C Nagpur %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K Korku %A Rao, H. V. Ramana %D 1956 %T Savaras and their songs %J March of India %V 8 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2921; |* %K Sora %A Rasulpuri, R. %D 1952 %T Ho l\=ok git\~\=o m\~\=e jan j\=ivan k\=i jh\=ank\=i [ = ] %J Nai dh\=ara %V May 1952 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2940; |* %K Ho %A Rasulpuri, R. %D 1952 %T Santh\=al\=i g\=it\~o m\~e jivan k\=a pratibimba [ = ] %J Nai dh\=ar\=a %V Sept. 1952 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F2943; |* %K Santali %A Ray, A. K. %D 1958 %T A note on Juang anthropology %J Man in India %V 38 %P ?? %% #Dasgupta 1978; |* %K Juang %A Ray, Chuni Lal %D 1921 %T Tribal traditions %J Man in India %V 1 %P 73 %O ``Kha\.ria'' derived from Sabbara ``gotra''. %% #V463; |* %K Kharia %A Ray, Himangsu Mohan %D 1986 %T Savara, the snake charmer %O foreword by P. K. Bhowmick %C Calcutta %I Institute of Social Research and Applied Anthropology %O Distributor: Subarnarekha %p xii, 197 pp., [1] folded leaf of plates %K Sora, Saora %? Munda content ?? %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.S37 R38 1986 %A Ray, Rai Saheb Chuni Lal %D 1919 %T Is Mahli a real caste-name? %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 5 %N 2 %P 272-282 %O Cites ethnographic and language data from the Or-Mahlis and Patar-Mahlis to argue that they are distinct. %% #V460; |AAA(xerox) %K Santali %A Reinhard, John R. %D 1923 %T Strokes shared %J Journal of American folklore %V 36 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F2981; |* %K Santali %A Risley, H. H. %D 1877 %T Kha\.ria %B Statistical account of Bengal %E Hunter, W. W. %C ?? %I ?? %O Vol. 11 (Lohardaga) reproduces Dalton's report. %% #V462; |* %K Kharia %A Risley, H. H. %D 1877 %T Kha\.ria %B Statistical account of Bengal %E Hunter, W. W. %C ?? %I ?? %O Vol. 17 (Manbhum) reproduces Ball's report. %% #V462; |* %K Kharia %A Risley, H. H. %D 1891 %T The tribes and castes of Bengal %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V463; |* %K Kharia %A Risley, H. H. %D 1891 %T The tribes and castes of Bengal %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V474; |* %K Munda %A Roberts, H. %D 1875 %T A new Khassi primer for primary schools; Part I %C Calcutta %I School-Book Society %p 31 pp. %% #S305; |* %K Khasi %A Roberts, H. %D 1875 %T Anglo-Khassi dictionary %C Calcutta %I ?? %O Revised ed.: Roberts, H. 1878. %% #471; |* %K Khasi %A Roberts, H. %D 1876 %T Khassi primer, vernacular series, part 1, and part 2, with vocabulary %C Calcutta %I School-Book Society %% #V471, #S306, from #C582; |* %K Khasi %A Roberts, H. %D 1891 %T A grammar of the Khassi language for the use of schools, native students, officers and English residents %S Tr\"ubner's collection of simplified grammars of the principle Asiatic and European languages, 21 %C London %I Kegan Paul, Trench, Tr\"ubner and Co. %% #V472, #S315; |* %K Khasi %A Roberts, John %D 1884 %T Ka kot pule ka balai: Khasi third reader for the use of schools, Khasi and Jaintia Hills %S Vernacular series %C Cherrapoonjee %I Welsh Mission %p 110 pp. %% #S312, from #C583; |* %K Khasi %A Roberts, Mr. John %D 1914 %T Khasi folklore %C Carnavon %I C. M. Bookroom %O Tales. %% #F2990; |* %K Khasi %A Robinson, William %D 1849 %T Notes on the languages spoken by the various tribes inhabiting the valley of Assam and its mountain confines %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 18 %N 1 %P 183-237, 310-349 %O The Kassia, 336-341. Comparative vocabulary, 342-349, by Jones, T. %% #V471, #S297; |* %K Khasi %A Roy Burman, B. K. %D 1968 %T Languages of the tribal communities of India and their use in primary education %C New Delhi %I ?? %% #Zide, Lg. 1969; |* %K bibliography %A Roy Choudhury, P. C. %D 1964 %T A note on the Santal folktales %J Folklore (Calcutta) %V 5 %N 8 %P 286-288 %O Laments ``dying out'' of tales due to modernization. %% ##; #F3043 (cited Chaudhury); |AAA(xerox) %K Santali %A Roy, Basanta Kumar %D 1900 %T A Khasi word book %C Shillong %I Ri Khasi Press %p 24 pp. %% #V472, #S320, from #C583; |* %K Khasi %A Roy, David %D 1938 %T The place of the Khasi in the world %J Man in India %V 18 %P 122-134 %% #V472; |* %K Khasi %A Roy, J. K. (Jitendra Kumar) %A Roy, B. C. %D 1982 %T Hunger and physique: a study of the Juang population of Orissa %C Calcutta %I Anthropological Survey of India, Govt. of India %p 146 pp. %S Memoir / Anthropological Survey of India, 55 %L U.CHI. %A Roy, Jitendra Kumar %A Roy, B. C. %D 1982 %T Hunger and physique: a study of the Juang population of Orissa %C Calcutta %I Anthropological Survey of India, Govt. of India %p 146 pp., ill. %S Anthropological Survey of India, Memoir 55 %L U.HI. ASIA GN57.J82 R69 1982 %L U.HI. ASIA GN57.J82 R69 1982 %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %A Roy, Ramesh Chandra %D 1937 %T The Kha\.rias %v 2 vols %C Ranchi %I Man in India Office %r [Reviewed Man in India, 17.92 (1937); Anthropos 34.472-474 (1939), by Bonnerjea, Biren] %O Includes some song and tale texts. %% #V463; #F3053; |AAA(xerox) %K Kharia %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %A Roy, Ramesh Chandra %D 1937 %T The Kharias %O foreword by Dr. R. R. Marett %C Ranchi, Bihar %I "Man in India" office %p 2 v. front. (map) plates. 23cm. %L U.HI. HMLTN DS432.K48 R6 v. 1 %L U.HI. HMLTN DS432.K48 R6 v. 2 %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1912 %T The Mundas and their country %C Calcutta %I City Book Society %p x, 546, lxxxiii pp. %O Contents: ch. I, The origin of the K\=ol tribes; ch. II, The traditional history of the Mundas; ch. III, The early history of the Mundas; ch. IV, The mediaeval period of Mundari history; ch. V, The modern history of the Mundas; ch. VI, The ethnography of the Mundas; app. I, Munda cosmogony and legendary history; app. II, The legend of Lutkum Haram and Lutkum Buria; app. III, The land tenures of the Ranchi district; app. IV, Epochs and dates. %% ##; #Orans 1965; #V460 (place of pub. given as Ranchi); |* %L Hopkins DS432.M8R6 1912 %K Mundari %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1917 %T The social organization of the Birhors %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 3 %N 3 %P 363-371 %% #noted in copy of table of contents; |* %K Birhor %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1920 %T The Pahi\.r\^as of Chota N\^agpur %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 6 %N 4 %P 527-539 %O Roy mentions here that the Hill-Kharias speak Bengali. %% #V463; |AAA(xerox) %K Kharia %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1921 %T Khasi kinship terms %J Man in India %V 1 %P 233-238 %% #V472, #S330; |* %K Khasi %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1923 %T A possible ethnic basis for the Sanskrit element in the Munda languages %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 9 %N 3-4 %P 376-393 %% #V484; |AAA(xerox) %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1923 %T A possible ethnic basis for the Sanskritic element in the Munda languages %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 9 %P 376-393 %O On Sanskrit words in Mundari. %% #V460; |* %K Mundari %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1925 %T The Birhors, a little-known jungle tribe of Chota Nagpur %C Ranchi %I ?? %O App. 1, Birhor vocabulary with comparative notes, 559 ff. %% #V475; |AAA(repr.) %K Munda %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1925 %T The Birhors: a little-known jungle tribe of Chota Nagpur %C Ranchi %I ``Man in India'' Office %p vi, 608 pp. %+ Reprint, Ranchi: ``Man in India'' Office, 1978. Pp. x, 298 ?? %O Contents: ch. I, Earlier accounts of the Birhors; ch. II, A general view of Birhor life; ch. III, Social system: totemism and kinship organization; ch. V, Kinship system; ch. VI, Marriage customs; ch. VII, Birth, childhood, and puberty customs; ch. VIII, Death and funeral customs; ch. IX, Religious beliefs and practices; ch. X, Magic and witch-craft, omens and dreams; ch. XI, Folk-tales; XII, Science and natural history, fine arts and the useful arts, games and amusement; ch. XIII, Conclusion; app. I, Birhor vocabulary; app. II, Census figures for Birhor population in 1911 and 1921; app. III, Anthropometrical measurements of some Birhors; app. IV, Size and sex of families; Index. The vocabulary, about 800 words in Roman transcription, prefaced by some remarks on the structure of the language, appears on pp. 559-591 (267-286 in the reprint ed.). %@ Man in India Office, 18 Church Road, Ranchi 834 001, Bihar (Rs 85) %% ##; #V461; |AAA(repr) %L Hopkins DS432.B5R61 1925 %K Birhor %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1926 %T The Asurs -- ancient and modern %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 12 %N 1 %P 147-152 %% #contents page; |* %K Asuri %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1934 %T Caste, race and religion in India %J Man in India %V 14 %P 39-63, 75-220, 271-311 %% #V487; |* %K miscellaneous %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1935 %T Report of anthropological work in 1934-35, the migration of the Kharias %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 21 %N 4 %P 213-230 %% #V463; |* %K Kharia %A Roy, Sarat Chandra %D 1935 %T The Hill Bhuiyas of Orissa %C Ranchi %I Man in India Office %O Songs, etc. %% #F3047; #F2973; |* %K Bhuiya ?? %A Roy, Satindra Narayan %D 1927 %T The Savaras of Orissa %J Man in India %V 7 %P 277-336 %% #V464; |* %K Sora %A Ruben, Walter %D 1939 %T Eisenschmiede und D\"amonen in Indien [ = Blacksmiths and devils in India] %S Internationales Archiv f\"ur Ethnographie, 37, supplement %C Leiden %I ?? %O On Finno-Ugric relationship, 117, 141f. %% #V461; #V483; #Ng2; |* %K Asuri; Finno-Ugric %A Ruben, Walter %D 1940 %T The ``Asur'' tribe of Chota-Nagpur: ``Blacksmiths and devils in India'' %J Man in India %V 20 %P 290-294 %% #V488; |* %L Hopkins GN1.M3 %K Asuri %A Ruben, Walter %D 1952 %T \"Uber die Literatur der vorarischen St\"amme Indiens [ = On the literature of the pre-Aryan tribes of India] %S Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Institut f\"ur Orientforschung, Ver\"offentlichung Nr. 15 %C Berlin. %% #V487; |* %K miscellaneous %A Russell, R. V., assisted by L\=al, H\=ira %D 1916 %T The tribes and castes of the Central Provinces of India %C London %I ?? %O Gadabas, 3.9-14; Kharias, 3.445-453; Korkus, 3.550-570; Nahalis, 4.259-260 %% #V459; #V462; #V463; #V465; |* %K Gutob; Kharia; Korku; Nahali %A Sa\.ra, Jagar %D 1951ff %T Ho\.ro jagar rea' eskar sakam [ = ] %C Ranchi %I ?? %O The only Mundari newspaper. %% #V487; |* %K Mundari %A Sachchidananda %D 1979 %T The changing Munda %C New Delhi %I Concept %p 361 pp., [2] leaves of plates, ill. %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.M8 S2; U.CHI. %K Mundari %A Sachchidananda %D [1964] %T Culture change in tribal Bihar: Munda and Oraon %C Calcutta %I Bookland %p 2, 158 pp., illus., pot. 23 cm. %L U.HI. ASIA DS485.B51 S3 %A Sahu, Ara. Pi. %D 1986 %T Desa-videsa mem Khariya riti: Protoaustraloid group %C Ranci %I Satya Bharati %p 45 pp. %O Religion, custom and ritual among the Kharia. In Hindi. %L U.CHI. %A Sahu, Doman ``Samir'' %D 1952 %T Y\=e sant\=al\=i l\=okg\=it [ = ] %J Nai dh\=ar\=a %V 3 %N 7 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F3148; |* %K Santali %A Sahu, Doman ``Samir'' %D 1953 %T Santh\=al\=i l\=ok git\~o m\~e d\=ampatya j\=ivan [ = ] %J Janpad %V 1 %N 3 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F3136; |* %K Santali %A Sahu, Domana %D 1962-68 [v. 1, 1968] %T Santali pravisika %p 2 v. %O Santali primer, in Santali %L U.HI. ASIA PL4563 .S2 %A Sahu, L. N. %D 1943 %T A Bhumiya song %J Man in India %V 23 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F3150; |* %K Bhumia ?? %A Sahu, Ramanivasa %D 1986 %T Bhasha-sarvekshana: Chattisagarha ki Munda bhashaom ke sandarbha mem %C New Delhi %I Vani Prakasana %p 271 pp. %O In Hindi %R Revision of the author's thesis (Ph. D. -- Ravisankara Visvavidyalaya, Rayapura) %# ISBN: 81-7055074-2 %L U.CHI. %A Sahu, Ramanivasa %D 1986 %T Bhasha-sarvekshana: Chattisagarha ki Munda bhashaom ke sandarbha mem %C New Delhi %I Vani Prakasana %p 271 pp., ill %O Survey of the Munda group of languages in Chhattisgarh Region of Madhya Pradesh. In Hindi. Revision of the author's Ph. D. thesis, Ravisankara Visvavidyalaya, Rayapura %L U.HI. ASIA PL4504 .S24 1986 %A Samuels, E. A. %D 1856 %T Notes on a forest race called the Puttooas or Juanga inhabiting certain of the Tributary Mehals of Cuttack %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 25 %P 295-303 %O Contains a Juang vocabulary. %% #Dasgupta 1978, #V464; |* %K Juang %A Saran, Anirudha Behari %T Murder and suicide among the Munda and the Oraon %C Delhi %I National [Publishing House] %p 266 pp., illus. fold. map. 23 cm. %D [1974] %T Originally presented as the author's thesis, Ranchi University, 1952 %L U.HI. ASIA HV6535.I42 R357 1974 %A Sarena, Dilipa %D 1976 %T Samotala sabda paricaya %C Balitikuri, Haora %I Samotala Bhasha Prasara Parishada %I Distributors, Book Trust, Calcutta %p xv, 96 pp. %O Glossary of Santali (in Bengali script) with English and Bengali glosses %L U.HI. ASIA REF PL4563.4 .S2 %A Sarena, Dilipa. %D 1976 %T Samotala sabda paricaya %C Balitikuri, Haora %I Samotala Bhasha Prasara Parishada %C Calcutta %I distributors, Book Trust %p xv, 96 pp. %O Santali glossary: English, Bengali, and Santali (Bengali script) %L U.CHI. %A Sarkar, Girindra Nath %D 1916/1919 %T Ho riddles %J Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society %V 2/5 %N 3/2 %P 350-355/250-258 %% #V461; #F3199; |AAA(xerox) %K Ho %A Sarkar, R. M. %D 1969 %T Tribal women through customs and tradition %B Women in Indian folklore %C Calcutta %I Indian Publications %K songs; tales %% #F3200; |* %K other?? %A Sarkar, R. M. %D 1971 %T The Santal insurrection through ballads %B Bihar in folklore study %C Calcutta %I Indian Publications %% #F3201; |* %K Santali; ballads %A Sarma, Devidatta %D 1989-1990 %T Tibeto-Himalayan languages of Uttarkhand %C New Delhi %I Mittal Publications %p 2 v. %S Studies in Tibeto-Himalayan languages, 3 %# ISBN: 81-7099171-4 %K Tibeto-Burman; Munda; Uttar Khand region %L U.CHI. %A Sarma, Omaprakasa %D 1969 %T Nili ghori ka savara %p 192 pp. %O A novel in Hindi %? Munda content ?? %L U.HI. ASIA PK2098.S292 N5 %A Sarma, Yadavendra %D 1981 %T Hazara ghorom ka savara %C Dilli %I Sanmarga Prakasana %p 415 pp. %O A novel in Hindi %? Munda content ?? %L U.HI. ASIA PK2098.S517 H39 1981 %A Satpathy, Gopinath %D 1963-1964 %T Parenga %J Adibasi %V 3 %P 165-166 %O G. N. Das, ed. %% #Zide, A. 1982; |* %K Gorum %A SavaiyaM, Brajmohan %D 1955 %T abu\'a ho kaji [ = ] %J seya\.m marsal %V 2 %N 2 %P 15ff %% #Pinnow 1972; |* %K Ho %A Schanzlin, G. L. %D 1932 %T On the structure of Munda words %J Journal of the American Oriental Society %V 52 %P 46-50 %% #V485; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Schmidt, Wilhelm %D 1904 %T Grundz\"uge einer Lautlehre der Khasi-Sprache, in ihren Beziehungen zu derjenigen der Mon-Khmer-Sprachen. Mit Einem Anhang: Die Palaung-, Wa- und Riang-Sprachen des mittleren Salwin [ = Foundations of a phonology of the Khasi language, in relation to the other Mon-Khmer languages. With an appendix: the Palaung, Wa, and Riang languages of the central Salwin] %J Abhandlungen der k\"oniglichen bayrischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Klasse 1 %V 22 %N 3 %P 675-810 %C M\"unchen %I ?? %O Unites the Munda languages with the Mon-Khmer group as an entity opposed to Khasi, Nicobarese, Palaung, Semang, etc., 759f. %% #476; #V477; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Schmidt, Wilhelm %D 1904 %T Grundz\"uge einer Lautlehre der Khasi-sprache in ihren Beziehungen zu derjenigen der Mon-Khmer-Sprachen [ = Fundamentals of a phonology of the Khasi language, in relation to other Mon-Khmer languages] %J Abhandlungen der k\"oniglichen bayrischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Klasse 1 %V 22 %N 3 %P 675-810 %r [Reviewed: Man 6:106.173-174 (1906), by Ray, Sidney H.] %O With bibliography. %% #V472; #S322; |AAA(xerox) %K Khasi %A Schmidt, Wilhelm %D 1906 %T Die Mon-Khmer V\"olker, ein Bindeglied zwischen V\"olkern Zentralasiens und Austronesiens [ = The Mon-Khmer People, a link between the peoples of Central Asia and Austronesia] %C Braunschweig %I ?? %O First appeared in Archiv f\"ur Anthropologie, 1906; French translation, 1907-1908. 345 word comparisons in Santali, Mon, Khmer, etc. ``Damit ist die innere Zusammengeh\"origkeit der Munda-Sprachen mit dem Nikobar, dem Khasi, den Mon-Khmer-Sprachen \"uber allen Zweifel sichergestellt; diese Zusammengeh\"origkeit ist keine blosse Hypothese mehr, sondern eine Tatsache...'' [ = ``Herewith the inner unity of the Munda languages with Nicobarese, Khasi, and the Mon-Khmer languages is established beyond all doubt; this unity is no longer merely a hypothesis, but a fact...''] (64). Here and in his other works Schmidt treats the Cham languages as a ``mixed group'' of the Austroasiatic languages. More distantly, he joined the Austroasiatic and Austronesian languages to an ``Austric'' language family. %% #V476; #V477; #V479; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Schmidt, Wilhelm %D 1906 %T Die Mon-Khmer V\"olker, ein Bindeglied zwischen V\"olkern Zentralasiens und Austronesiens [ = The Mon-Khmer people, a link between the peoples of Central Asia and Austronesia] %J Archiv f\"ur Anthropologie %V 33 (N.F. 5) %P 59-109 %O Also appeared as a monograph 1906, and in French translation 1907-1908. %% #V476; |AAA(xerox); |OSU GN2.A67 %K Austroasiatic %A Schmidt, Wilhelm %D 1907/1908 %T Les Peuples Mon-Khmer, Trait-d'union entre les Peuples de l'Asie centrale et de l'Austron\'esie [ = The Mon-Khmer people, a link between the peoples of Central Asia and Austronesia] %J Bulletin de l'\'Ecole Fran\,caise d'Extr\^eme-Orient %V 7/8 %P 213-263/1-35 %O French translation by Marouzeau, Mme. J., of Schmidt 1906a = 1906b. %% #V476; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Schmidt, Wilhelm %D 1916 %T Einiges \"uber das Infix mn und dessen Stellvertreter p in den austroasiatischen Sprachen [ = A few remarks on the infix mn and its proxy p in the Austroasiatic languages] %B Aufs\"atze zur Kultur- und Sprachgeschichte vornehmlich des Orients: Festschrift E. Kuhn %C M\"unchen %I ?? %P 457-474 %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Schmidt, Wilhelm %D 1926 %T Die Sprachfamilien und Sprachenkreise der Erde [ = The language families and language areas of the world] %S Kulturgeschichtliche Bibliothek, Reihe 1, Nr. 5 %C Heidelberg %I ?? %O Schmidt reiterates his view that the Cham languages are ultimately Austroasiatic, and his belief in the unity of the Austroasiatic and Austronesian languages (147). %% #V480; |AAA %K Austroasiatic %A Schmidt, Wilhelm %D 1935 %T Die Stellung der Munda-Sprachen [ = The place of the Munda languages] %J Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies %V 7 %P 729-738 %O Cf. Anthropos 31.589 (1936) %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Schmidt, Wilhelm %D 1935 %T Die Stellung der Munda-Sprachen [ = The position of the Munda languages] %J Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies %V 7 %P 729-738 %O Defends his views against Hevesy's attack, see above and under Finno-Ugric. %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Schott, William %D 1858 %T Die Cassia-Sprache im nord\"ostlichen Indien, nebst erg\"anzenden Bemerkungen \"uber das T'ai oder Siamesische [ = The Khasi language in northeast India, with additional remarks on Thai or Siamese] %J Abhandlungen der preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philologisch-historische Klasse %V ?? %P 415-432 %% #S301; |* %K Khasi %A Schott, William ?? %D 1856 %T \"Uber die sogenannten indo-chinesischen Sprachen, insonderheit das Siamesische [ = On the so-called Indo-Chinese languages, especially Siamese] %S Abhandlungen der k\"oniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Philologische und historische Abhandlungen ?? %C Berlin %O Comparison of the Munda and Vietnamese numerals and pronouns. %% #V477; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Schrader, F. Otto %D 1928 %T Ein syntaktisches Problem der indischen Sprachfamilien [ = A syntactic problem in the language families of India] %J Zeitschrift f\"ur Indologie und Iranistik %V 6 %P 72-81 %O Attributes the post-posing of the partitive genitive in Dravidian to Munda influence. %% #V484; |* %K Dravidian %A Schrader, F. Otto %D 1936 %T On the ``Uralian'' element in Dr\=avi\.da and the Mu\.n\.d\=a languages %J Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies %V 8 %P 751-762 %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Scott, W. S. Edmondston %D 1920 %T The Basque declension: its Kolarian origin and structure %J Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies %V 1 %P 147-184 %O Asserts that Basque has ``direct derivation from the Munda or Kolarian languages of Bengal'', 147. %% #V482; |* %K Basque %A Sebeok, Thomas A. %D 1942 %T A bibliography of Mon-Khmer linguistics %J Studies in linguistics %V 11 %P ?? %% #V476; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Sebeok, Thomas A. %D 1942 %T An examination of the Austroasiatic language family %J Language %V 18 %N 3 %P 206-217 %O Superficially critical; on account of insufficient evidence, the Munda languages, and Semang and Jakun, should be separated from the Austroasiatic languages pending evidence to the contrary. %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Sebeok, Thomas A. %D 1943 %T Phonemic system of Santali %J Journal of the American Oriental Society %V 63 %P 66-67 %% #V460; |* %K Santali %A Sebeok, Thomas A. %D 1943 %T The languages of Southeastern Asia %J Far Eastern quarterly %V 2 %P 349-356 %O Briefly surveys the language families of the area -- Andamanese, Mon-Khmer (in which he includes Semang and Sakai, Khasi, Nicobarese, and the Salween River basin languages Palaung, Wa, and Riang, in addition to Mon-Khmer proper), Indonesian, Indo-Chinese (in which he includes Thai, based on Li Fang Kuei's arguments, and Annamese (Vietnamese), based on Maspero's and Wen Yu's arguments as against Przyluski and Benedict), and discusses the teaching resources available on them in the United States during World War II. Doubts the evidence for a relation of Mon-Khmer to Munda, or to dialects in Yunnan -- much less to Austronesian languages. Regards Benedict's 1942 Tai-Kadai hypothesis, with its inclusion of Mon-Khmer-Annamite and Miao-Yao, with scepticism. %% #V486; |AAA(xerox) %K areal and typological %A Sebeok, Thomas A. %D 1945 %T Finno-Ugric and the languages of India %J Journal of the American Oriental Society %V 65 %P 59-62 %% #V483; |* %K Finno-Ugric %A Sedlovskaja, A. N. %D 1971 %T Etnonim Birhor [ = ??] %J Etnografija imen ?? %V ?? %P 27-29 %% #Ng4; |* %K Birhor %A Sen, Bijay Kanta %A Sen, Jyoti %D 1955 %T Notes on the Birhors %J Man in India %V 35 %P 110-118, 169-175 %% #V487; #Ng5 (only pp. 110-118, only B. K. Sen cited); |* %K Birhor %A Sen, G. %D 1959 %T A song of the Ho %J Indian folklore %V 2 %N 2 %P ?? %O Song. %% #F3335; |* %K Ho %A Sen, G. %D 1959 %T A song of the Hos %J Indian folklore %V 2 %N 2 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F3330; |* %K Ho %A Seto, F. %D 1988 %T Tropical Pacific historical and linguistic selections %C Tokyo %I AFRICAIMPORT %? F. Seto, Katakura 951, Hachioji-shi, Tokyo 192, Japan %p 168 pp., [42] pp., of plates, ill. %S Asian and African historical and linguistic research series "Volume five." %O Subtitle on cover: With a Third World economic supplement %K Comparative linguistics, Austronesian, Austroasiatic, African %L U.HI. PACC P123 .S38 1988 %A Shafer, Robert %D 1940 %T Nah\=al\=i, a linguistic study in paleoethnography %J Harvard journal of Asiatic studies %V 5 %P 346-371 %O Argues that Nahali is not a Munda language. %% #V475; |* %K Munda %A Shafer, Robert %D 1940 %T Nah\=al\=i, a linguistic study in paleoethnography %J Harvard journal of Asiatic studies %V 5 %P 346-371 %O Nahali not a Munda language. %% #V459; |* %K Nahali %A Shafer, Robert %D 1940 %T Nah\=al\=i, a linguistic study in paleoethnography %J Harvard journal of Asiatic studies %V 5 %P 346-371 %O Several Burushaski words are compared with Nahali. %% #V482; |* %K Burushaski %A Shafer, Robert %D 1954 %T Ethnography of ancient India %C Wiesbaden %I Harrassowitz %r [Reviewed Orientalische Literatur-Zeitung 1956.3-4, by Kirfel, W.] %% #V485; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Shahidullah, Muhammad %D 1941 %T Philology and Indian linguistics %B Proceedings and transactions of the Eleventh All-India Conference (Hyderabad-session) %C Hyderabad %I Osmania University %O ??Pt. 2, Osmania University 1946, 82 ff. For Schmidt's theory; calls for a comparative grammar of the Austroasiatic languages. %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Shahidullah, Muhammed %D 1930 %T Mu\.n\.d\=a affinities of Bengali %B Proceedings and transactions of the Sixth All-India Oriental Conference %E ??. %C Patna %I Bihar and Orissa Research Society %P 715-721 %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Sharma, J. M. Sakuntala %D 1978 %T Classified bibliography of linguistic dissertations on Indian languages %S CIIL occasional monographs series, 14 %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages %p xliv, 292 pp. %% ##; abbrev. #Sh[page]; |AAA %K bibliography %A Shukla, Hira Lal %D 1985 %T Socio-cultural approach to tribal languages: an historico-comparative dictionary of Halbi, the lingua franca of Aryan, Dravidian, and Munda tribes %C Delhi %I B. R. Publishing Corp. %O Distributed by D. K. Publishers' Distributors, New Delhi %p viii, 100 pp. % Bastar (India) %L U.HI. ASIA PK1914 .S58 1985 %A Singh, Bhupinder %D 1984 %T The Saora highlander: leadership and development %C Bombay %I Somaiya Publications %p xii, 198 pp., [5] pp., of plates, ill., map %K Sora, Savara, politics, government %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.S37 B48 1984 %A Singh, C. P. %D 1978 %T The Ho tribe of Singhbhum %C New Delhi %I Classical Publications %p vii, 168 pp. %O A history of the Larka Hos and their rebellions against British rule. With bibliography. %@ Classical Publishers and Distributors, 60/8 Ramjas Road, Karol Bagh, New Delhi-110005 %% ##; |* %L Hopkins DS432.H6S5 2978 %K Ho %A Singh, Kumar Suresh %D 1966 %T The dust-storm and the hanging mist; a study of Birsa Munda and his movement in Chhotanagpur, 1874-1901 %O foreword by Christoph von Furer-Haimendorf %C Calcutta %I Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay %p xxiv, 208, 178 pp., geneal. table. 22 cm. %K Birsa Munda (1874-1901) %L U.HI. ASIA DS479.B5 S48 %A Singh, Kumar Suresh %D 1979 %T Birasa Munda aura unaka andolana %C Nai Dilli %I ?? Klasikala Pablikesansa : mukhya vitaraka Klasikala Pablisarza enda Distrabyutraza %p xvi, 275 pp., [2] pp., of plates, ill. %O In Hindi %K Birsa Munda (1874-1901) %L U.HI. ASIA DS479.1.B5 S47 %A Singh, Kumar Suresh %D 1983 %T Birsa Munda and his movement, 1874-1901: a study of a millenarian movement in Chotanagpur %C Calcutta %I Oxford University Press %p xviii, 289 pp., [2] leaves of plates, ill. %O New ed. Originally published as: The dust-storm and the hanging mist (Calcutta: Firma K. L. Mukhopadhyay, 1966) %K Birsa Munda (1874-1901) %L U.HI. ASIA DS479.1.M82 S56 1983 %A Singh, Maheep %D 1981 %T Sora %C Nai Dilli %I Lipi Prakasana %p 138 pp. %O Short stories in Hindi %? Munda content ?? %L U.HI. ASIA PK2098.M258 S6 1981 %A Singh, Vijai Mohan %D [1971] %T Tattu savara %p 135 pp. %O In Hindi %? Munda content ?? %L U.HI. ASIA PK2098.39.I53 T3 %A Sinha, A. P. (Abdhesh Prasad) %D 1989 %T Religious life in tribal India: a case-study of Dudh Kharia %C New Delhi %I Classical Pub. Co. %p viii, 310 p., [8] pp. of plates %O Study of the Dudh Kharia tribes in Chota Nagpur area, Bihar %# ISBN: 81-7054079-8 %L U.CHI. %A Sinha, Abdhesh Prasad %D 1989 %T Religious life in tribal India: a case-study of Dudh Kharia %C New Delhi %I Classical Publishing Co. %p viii, 310 pp., [8] pp., of plates, ill. %L U.HI. ASIA BL2032.K44 S56 1989 %A Sinha, Dikshit %D 1984 %T The hill Kharia of Purulia: a study on the impact of poverty on a hunting and gathering tribe %C Calcutta %I Anthropological Survey of India, Govt. of India %p xi, 104 p., 7 pp. of plates, ill., maps %S Memoir, 59 %R Revision of the authors thesis (Ph. D. -- Visva-Bharati, 1979) %L U.CHI. %A Sinha, Dikshit %D 1984 %T The hill Kharia of Purulia: a study on the impact of poverty on a hunting and gathering tribe %C Calcutta %I Anthropological Survey of India, Memoir 59 %p xi, 104 pp., 7 pp., of plates, ill., maps %S Anthropological Survey of India, Memoir 59 %O Revision of the author's Ph. D. thesis, Visva-Bharati, 1979 %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.K48 S56 1984 %A Sinha, N. K. %D 1962 %T A sketch of Mundari phonology %% #R719; |* %K Mundari %A Sinha, N. K. %D 1964 %U Some linguistic features of Birhor in contrast to Mundari %C ?? %I unpubl. %p ?? pp. %% ##; #R720; |AAA %K Birhor %A Sinha, N. K. %D 1974 %T Mundari phonetic reader %S CIIL phonetic reader series, 13 %E Annamalai, E. %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages %p xii, 103 pp. %% ##; |AAA %K Mundari %A Sinha, N. K. %D 1975 %T Mundari grammar %S CIIL grammar series, 2 %E Annamalai, E. %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages %p xii, 164 pp., map. %% ##; |AAA(2 copies) %K Mundari %A Sitapati, G. V. %D 1933 %T Par\=eG %B A miscellany of papers presented to Rao Sahib Mahopadhyaya Gidugu Venkata Ramamurti Pantulu Guru on his 70th birthday %E ??. %C Madras %I ?? %P 145-165 %% #V465; #Zide, A. 1982; |* %K Gorum %A Sitapati, G. V. %D 1940 %T Sora songs and poetry %C ?? %I ?? %O Songs. %% #F3651; |* %K Sora %A Skeat, Walter William %A Blagden, Charles Otto %D 1906 %T Pagan races of the Malay Peninsula %v 2 vols %C London %I ?? %+ Reprint, ?? %O Language, 2:4.377 ff. Comparative vocabulary of aboriginal dialects, 507-768. Theory of a ``double relation with the Mon-Annam languages.'' Abundant material, with the Munda languages considered in the comparative vocabulary. %% #V478; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Skinner, ?? %D 1924 %T The Austric languages and Austric culture %J Journal of the Polynesian Society, Wellington %V 33 %P ?? %% #V480; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Skrefsrud, L. O. %D 1873 %T A grammar of the Santhal language %C Benares %I ?? %p xvii, 370 pp. %% #V459; |* %K Santali %A Skrefsrud, L. O. %D 1942 %T Horkoren mare hapramko katha %C Oslo %I ?? %O Songs, tales. %% #F3662; |* %K Santali %A Solomon, U Job %D 1895 %T The reader's companion, being an easy guide how to speak and write Khasi %C Shillong %I ?? %p (3), 77, 38 pp. %% #S316; |* %K Khasi %A Somasundaram, A. M. %D 1949 %T A note on the Gadabas of Koraput District %J Man in India %V 29 %P 36-45 %% #V488; |* %K Gutob %A Somers, George E. %D 1977 %T The dynamics of Santal traditions in a peasant society %C New Delhi %I Abhinaz Publications %p xvi, 253 pp. %O An anthropological study centering on village headmanship. Numerous kinship tables. %@ Abhinav Publications, E-37 Hauz Khas, New Delhi-110016 %% ##; |* %L Hopkins DS432.S2S6 1977 %K Santali %A Soren, P. J. %D 1943 %T Ono\.rhe baha dalwak [ = ] %C Dumka %I Santal Education Committee %O Songs. %% #F3682; |* %K Santali %A Soy, N. %D n.d. %T Ho\.ro kaji puthi, Mundari vocabulary %C Jamshedpur %I ?? %O Vol. 1 (prathama khaNDa a-n) only. %% #487; |* %K Mundari %A Srivastava, L. R. N. %D 1967 %T An annotated bibliography of tribal education in India %C New Delhi %I Tribal Education Unit, Dept. of Adult Education %% #Zide Lg. 1969; |* %K bibliography %A Srivastava, L. R. N. %D [1971] %T Identification of educational problems of the Saora of Orissa %C [New Delhi] %I National Council of Educational Research and Training %p x, 134 pp., 24 cm. %K Sora, Savara %L U.HI. ASIA LA1154.O7 S74 %A Srivastava, Ramesh K. %D 1969 (accepted 1972) %T A descriptive analysis of Ho: a generative transformational approach %R Ph.D. thesis, University of Poona (accepted 1972) %% #N29; |* %K Ho %A Stampe, David %D 1962 %T Revised Munda lexical list %C Chicago %I mimeo. %O A standard list of glosses, divided into nouns (nonverbals) and verbs, used for eliciting vocabulary in early fieldwork by various members of the Joint Indo-American Munda Languages Project of 1962; e.g. Mahapatra 1962c (Juang) %% ##; |AAA %K Munda %A Stampe, David %D 1963 %T Munda cognation list %C Chicago %I mimeo. %O A list of provisional reconstructions of Munda cognates drawn from Pinnow 1959 and responses to Stampe 1962, used to elicit new cognates in the field by various members of the Joint Indo-American Munda Languages Project 1963; e.g. %% ##; |AAA %K Munda %A Stampe, David %D 1963 %T Proto-Sora-Parengi phonology %R M.A. thesis, University of Chicago %+ Reprint, Chicago, mimeo., 1963 %O Includes a sketch of Sora phonology and an attempt to correlate it with the transcriptions of Ramamurti's works and of the Sora New Testament, pp. ??. %% ##; #R728; |AAA(mimeo.) %K Sora %A Stampe, David %D 1963 %T Proto-Sora-Parengi phonology %R M.A. thesis, University of Chicago %p ii, 50 pp., supplement 4 pp. %O Includes brief sketches of Sora and Gorum phonology, and rules of thumb for interpreting the transcriptions of Ramamurti and the Sora New Testament. The reconstructed phonological system matches Sora's, namely */p t s k b D j g m n J G l r R y i E e + A a u o O/ plus uncertain glottal phonemes, with Gorumchanging */J/ to nasalization plus /y/, */e/ to /i/, */o/ to an uncertain reflex, */+/ to /u/ in noninitial syllables and elsewhere to /i/, and */A/ to /a/; Gorum /T d N z/ appear to be borrowed or secondarily developed. ``Glottalized morphemes in Sora-Gorum'', Chicago (typescript, 1965, 3 pp.), proposes that */'/, occurring not more than once per morpheme, gave So. /'/ : Go. /'/; final */g/ gave So. null : Go. /'/; and that word-formation processes in Sora were responsible for the occasional correspondence of So. /'/ : Go. null. %% ##; #R728; |AAA(mimeo., 1965 typescript) %K Sora-Gorum %A Stampe, David %D 1963* %T On the Sora noun %% #R682; |* %K Sora %A Stampe, David %D 1965 %T Cardinal numerals in Munda % American Oriental Society, Chicago %% #R724; |AAA %K Munda %A Stampe, David %D 1965 %U On checking in Munda %C Chicago %I unpubl. %O mimeo. %% #R725; |*?? %K Munda %A Stampe, David %D 1965 %U Phulbadi Juang phonology %C Chicago %I unpubl. %% #R771; |* %K Juang %A Stampe, David %D 1965* %T Phonology of the Sora verb %% #R683; |* %K Sora %A Stampe, David L. %D 1965/1966 %T Recent work in Munda linguistics I, II, III, IV %J International journal of American linguistics %V 31/32 %P 332-341/74-80, 164-168, 390-397 %O Abstracts of published and unpublished work after 1959 in (I) Koraput Munda descriptive studies (nos. 675-700), (II) Central and North Munda descriptive studies (nos. 701-721), (III) comparative Munda studies (nos. 722-732), (IV) comparative Munda and Austroasiatic studies (nos. 751-756), Nicobarese (nos. 757-761), Nihali (nos. 762-768), and addenda (769-776). Includes also standard works, language locations and populations, synopses of phoneme systems, etc., and notices of work in progress. Information on the University of Chicago Joint Indo-American Munda Languages Project of 1961-1964 is provided. %% ##; abbrev #R[abstract number]; |AAA %K bibliography %A Starosta, Stanley %D 1963 %U A generative grammar of the Sora verb %C ?? %I unpubl. %% #R684; |AAA %K Sora %A Starosta, Stanley %D 1964 %U Some observations on vowel distribution in Sora %C ?? %I unpubl. %% #R685; |AAA(xerox??) %K Sora %A Starosta, Stanley %D 1967 %T Sora syntax: a generative approach to a Munda language %P xi, 332 leaves %R Thesis (Ph. D.) -- University of Wisconsin, 1967 %O Photocopy. Ann Arbor, Mich. U.M.I. Dissertation Information %p Service, 1990 %L U.CHI. %A Starosta, Stanley %D 1967 %T Sora syntax %R Ph.D. thesis, University of Wisconsin, Madison %% ##; |AAA(carbon) %K Sora %A Starosta, Stanley %D 1976 %T Case forms and case relations in Sora %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 2 %P 1069-1107 %% ##; |AAA %K Sora %A Starosta, Stanley Herman %D 1967 %T Sora syntax: a generative approach to a Munda language %C Madison, WI %p xi, 309 l. %R Thesis -- University of Wisconsin. %O Photocopy of typescript. Ann Arbor, Mich : University Microfilms, 1967 (i.e. 1968) %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4587 .S83 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4587 .S83 %A Stephens, C. L. %D 1895 %T Khasi primer %C Khadrawphrah (Khasi Hills) %I ?? %% #S317, from #C582; |* %K Khasi %A Sugiyama, Koichi %D 1969 %T A study of the Mundas village life in India %C Tokyo %I Tokai University Press %p 292 pp. %S Hill peoples surrounding the Ganges Plain, 2 %O Synthetic Research of the Culture of Rice-cultivating Peoples in Southeast Asian Countries (Expedition) (1957-1964) Hill peoples %L U.CHI. %A Sulankhi, Bhim Ram %D 1886 %T Ho kaji, or a grammar in Ho language %C Benares %I ?? %O In Hindi. Burrows 1915:ii says ``Babu Bhim Ram Salanki of the Singhbhum Deputy Commissioner's office has, I understand, published a Ho grammar in English. I have not yet seen a copy of his book...''. %% #K118; #V461; |* %K Ho %A Suriya Rattanakun %D 1988- %T Nana phasa nai Echia Akhane %C [Krungthep] %I Sun Wichai Watthanatham Echia Akhane %p v., ill., maps %O Added t.p. title in English: Languages in Southeast Asia. "Phonngan Tamra, Sathaban Wichai Phasa lae Watthanatham phua Phatthana Chonnabot, Mahawitthayalai Mahidon." Partial contents: phak 1. Phasa trakun Ostroechiatic lae trakun Chin-Thibet %K Austroasiatic languages, Sino-Tibetan languages, Southeast Asia languages %L U.HI. ASIA PL3501 .S87 1988 v. 1 %A Suryavanshi, Bhagwan Singh %D 1956 %T Romances in the tribals %J Indian folklore %V 2 %N 3 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F3724; |* %K other?? %A Temple, Richard Carnac %D 1902 %T A grammar of the Nicobarese language, being chapter IV of part II of the census report on the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, 1902 %C Port Blair %I Superintendent's Printing Press %p (3), 35 pp. %O On the Nancowry dialect. %% #S435; |* %K Nicobarese %A Temple, Richard Carnac %D 1907 %T A plan for a uniform scientific record of the languages of savages. Applied to the languages of the Andamanese and Nicobarese %J Indian antiquary %V 36 %P 181-203, 217-251, 317-347, 353-369 %+ Reprint, 1908 %% #S424; |* %K Nicobarese %A Temple, Richard Carnac %D 1908 %T A plan for a uniform scientific record of the languages of savages, applied to the languages of the Andamanese and Nicobarese %C Bombay %I ?? %r [Reviewed: Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society 1908.1201-1211, by Blagden, C. O.] %+ Reprint of Temple 1907 %% #V472; |* %K Nicobarese %A Tete, Peter %D 1990 %T The Kharias and the history of the Catholic Church in Biru %C Ranchi, Bihar %I St. Albert's College, Faculty of Theology %p 315 pp., ill. %O Kharias and Catholic mission in Chota Nagpur region in Bihar %L U.HI. ASIA BV3280.C4 T48 1990 %A Thakur, Rudranand %D 1989 %T The social matrix of a tribal village %C New Delhi %I Archives Books %p ix, 135 pp., plan %O Study on the Santals of Amwar Santali Village in Godda District, Bihar; based on data collected during Oct. 1968-June 1986 %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.S2 T49 1989 %A Thompson, Stith %A Balys, Jonas %A Roberts, Warren E. %D 1960 %T Types of Indic oral tales, India, Pakistan and Ceylon %C Helsinki %I Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia [??] Academia Scientiarum Fennica %O Tales. %% #F3806; |* %K other?? %A Thompson, Stith %A Balys, Jonas %D 1958 %T The oral tales of India %C Bloomington %I Indiana University Press %O Tales. %% #F3805; |* %K other?? %A Thomsen, Vilhelm %D 1892 %T Bemaerkninger om de khervariske (kolariske) Sprogs Stilling [ = Observations on the place of the Kherwarian (Kolarian) language] %J Oversigt over det Konglige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger %V 1892 %P 231-238 %O Attaches the Munda languages closely to the Australian languages; cf. Gabelentz 1891, and the rejoinders of Konow (1904, 1906). %% #V482; |AAA(xerox) %K Austroasiatic %A Thurston, Edgar %& (assisted by) Rangachari, K. %D 1909 %T Castes and tribes of Southern India %C Madras %I Government Press, Madras %v 7 vols %+ Reprint, New York: Johnson Reprint Corporation, 1965 %O ``Gadaba'', 2.242-252, describes this tribe of Vizagapatam district as having five sections: Bodo (`big') or Gutob, Parenga, Olaro, Kaththiri, and Kapu, but much of the article, which mainly concerns ethnology, does not distinguish between them. Cites W. Francis's statement that the Gadabas have numerals similar to those cited as Kerang Kapu (see the note on Thurston 1909 under Gta', and also under Remo) only for the first five numerals, after which they lapse into Oriya; but C. A. Henderson is cited as recording ``muititti (1 + a hand), and martitti (2 + a hand)'' among the Gutob Gadaba numerals. %O ``Poroja'', 2.207-222; under ``Gadaba'', 2.242-252, are quoted Bonda Poraja [Remo] numerals recorded by Francis, W.: ``m\=uyi, baar, gii, oo, moloi, thiri, goo, tham\=am, and so on''. Under ``Gadaba'', 2.242-252, Turner, H. G., in the Madras Census Report of 1871 is quoted as stating that ``very much akin to the Gadabas are a class called Kerang K\=apus. They will not admit any connexion with them; but, as their language is almost identical, such gainsaying cannot be permitted them. They are called Kerang K\=apu from the circumstance of their women weaving cloths, which they weave from the fibre of a jungle shrub called Kerang (Calotropis gigantea).'' Their numeral system is given: ``Moi, Umbar, Jugi, O, Malloi, Turu, G\=u, Tammar, Santing, Goa, and for eleven...they prefix the word Go, e.g. Gommoi, Gomb\=aro, etc.'' Thurston, following W. Francis, identifies these numerals as Bonda Poraja [Remo], but in the opinion of the editor of this bibliography they are Gta'; if so, these are the earliest forms recorded in the language. %% ##; #V465; |AAA(xerox of Poroja article) %K Gutob, Remo, Gta' %A Thusu, Kidar Nath %A Jha, Makhan %D 1972 %T Ollar Gadba of Koraput %C Calcutta %I Anthropological Survey of India, Govt. of India %p vi, 173, [1] pp. illus., maps %S Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir no. 27 %L U.CHI. %A Thusu, Kidar Nath %A Jha, Makhan %D [1972] %T Ollar Gadba of Koraput %C Calcutta %I Anthropological Survey of India, Govt. of India %p vi, 173, [1] pp., illus., maps 25 cm. %S Anthropological Survey of India, Memoir 27 %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.G27 T47 %A Tickell, S. R. %D 1840 %T Grammatical constructions of the Ho language %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 9 %N 2 %P 997-1007 %+ Reprint, Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 30:2(supp.).268ff. (1866) %% #K117; #V461; |* %K Ho %A Tickell, S. R. %D 1840 %T Vocabulary of the Ho language %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 9 %N 2 %P 1063-1090 %+ Reprint, Campbell 1866 %% #K117; #V461; |* %K Ho %A Topano, Sema %D 1982 %T Kursinama: Mundaom ka nrjati itihasa %C Kalakatta %I Bharatiya Manavavijnana Sarvekshana, Bharata Sarakara %p vii, 173 pp. %O In Hindi %L U.CHI. %A Trigunayat, Jagdish %D 1948 %T Mu\.n\.d\=a bh\=as\=a aur s\=ahitya [ = ] %J Samm\=elan patrik\=a %V ?? %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F3839; |* %K Mundari %A Trigunayat, Jagdish %D 1955 %T Mu\.n\.d\=a\~o d\~i k\=avyakal\=a [ = ] %J Ajkal %V ?? %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F3838; |* %K Mundari %A Trigunayat, Jagdish %D 1957 %T Bansur\=i baj rah\=i, or B\~as\.ari b\.aj\.a r\.ahi (Rutu sa\.ritana), Mu\.n\.da lok\.a git\.a [ = ] %C Patna %I Bihar Rashtra Bhasha Parishad %O Songs. %% #F3841; #V487; |* %K Mundari %A Trigunayat, Jagdish %D 1957 %T MunD\=a\~o k\~e karma g\=it [ = ] %J Nai dh\=ar\=a %V ?? %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F3837; |* %K Mundari %A Trigunayat, Jagdish %D 1958 %T Some Munda songs collected from Bihar %J Indian folklore %V 1 %N 3 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F3834; |* %K Mundari %A Trigunayat, Jagdish %D 1960 %T Jangal k\=i jh\=oti [ = ] %C Patna %I the author %O Songs. %% #F3844; |* %K Mundari %A Trigunayat, Jagdish %D 1960 %T Soso bonga [ = ] %C Ranchi %I Teachers Association %O Ballads. %% #F3835; |* %K Mundari %A Trigunayat, Jagdish %D 1960 %T \=Adiv\=asiy\=o k\=i kal\=a aur s\=ahitya [ = ] %B Bih\=ar k\=e \=adiv\=asi [ = ] %C Patna %I Bihar Social and Cultural Research Institute %O Songs, tales. %% #F3842; |* %K Mundari %A Trigunayat, Jagdish %D 1965 %T Mu\.n\.d\=a l\=ok kath\=ay\~e [ = ] %J Ajkal %V ?? %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F3836; |* %K Mundari %A Trigunayata, Jagadisa %D 1968 %T Munda loka kathaem [ = ] %? [sankalaka] Jagadisa Trigunayata ?? %C Ranci %I Adhikshaka, Sacivalaya Sakha Mudranalaya, Bihara %p 3, 8, 94, 556, 15 pp. %O Mundari and Hindi %K Mundari folk-tales %L U.HI. ASIA GR307.7.M85 M86 1968 %L U.HI. ASIA GR307.7.M85 M86 1968 %A Troisi, J. %D 1976 %T The Santals: a classified and annotated bibliography %C New Delhi %I Manohar Book Service %O In addition to language, 212-223, the bibliographic classifications include general works, government and other reports, physical characteristics, religion, folklore, marriage and kinship, material culture, social organisation, tribal polity, social movements and social change, and education. There are author and subject indices. %@ Manohar Book Service, 2 Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New Delhi-110002 %% ##; |* %L Hopkins DS432.S2Z97 1976 %K Santali, bibliography %A Troisi, J. %D 1979 (title page says 1978) %T Tribal religion: religious beliefs and practices among the Santals %C New Delhi %I Manohar Publications %p xvi, 294 pp. %O Contents: ch. I, Introduction; ch. II, The setting: a Santal village; ch. III, The religious universe: supernatural spirits and powers; ch. IVIX, Religious culture: seasonal rites and festivals; ch. V, The Santal life cycle: rites and ceremonies; ch. VI, Magic and witchcraft: nature and function; ch. VII, Conclusion: the process of change and adaptation in Santal religion. %@ Manohar Publications, 2 Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New Delhi-110002 %% ##; |* %L Hopkins DS432.S2T77 1979 %K Santali %A Trombetti, A. %D 1928 %T I numerali africani e mundapolinesiaci [ = The African and Munda-Polynesian numerals] %B Festschrift P. W. Schmidt %C Wien %I ?? %P 131-147 %% #V486; |* %K African %A Trombetti, Alfredo %D 1923 %T Elementi di glottologia [= Elements of glottology] %C Bologna %I ?? %O Pp. 55-62, 83-102, 423-454. Trombetti's ``Gruppo Munda-Polinesiaco'' [ = Munda-Polynesian group] corresponds to Schmidt's Austric languages. %% #V478; |* %K Austroasiatic %A Tudu, Cada %D 1978 %T Al ita %C Calcutta %I Adibasi Socio-Educational & Cultural Association (West Bengal) %p 22 pp. %O Reader, in Santali (Ol) %L U.CHI. %A Turner, Ralph Lilley %D 1931 %T A comparative and etymological dictionary of the Nepali language %C London %I ?? %% #V485; |* %K Comparisons With Non-Austroasiatic Languages: Indo-Aryan %A Tyagi, Bhimsen %A Gupta, Mohan %D 1960 %T Santh\=al k\=i l\=ok kath\=ay\=e [ = ] %C Delhi %I Atmaram and Sons %O Tales. %% #F3857; |* %K Santali %A Uxbond, F. A. [pseudonym = Hevesy, Wilhelm von] %D 1928 %T Munda-Magyar-Maori: an Indian link between the antipodes; new tracks of Hungarian origins %C London %I Luzac %p xii, 432 pp., ill., plates, ports. %O "Santal tunes" (unaccompanied melodies): 2d leaf at end. %r [Reviewed: Man in India 9.285-287 (1929)] %% #V482; |* %L U.HI. PACC DB919 .H42 %K Finno-Ugric %A Van Exem, Albert %D 1982 %T The religious system of the Munda tribe: an essay in religious anthropology %C St. Augustin %I Haus Volker und Kulturen %p 279 pp. %S Collectanea Instituti Anthropos, 28 %# ISBN: 3-921389-76-3 %L U.CHI. %L U.HI. ASIA BL2032.M84 V36 1982 %A Vidyarthi, Lalita Prasad %A Upadhyay, Vijay S. %D 1980 %T The Kharia: then and now; a comparative study of the Hill, Dhelki, and Dudh Kharia of the Central-Eastern region of India %C New Delhi %I Concept Publishing Company %p vi, 296 pp., [8] pp. of plates, ill. %O Contents: ch. 1, Introduction; ch. 2, The Kharia studies and re-study methods; ch. 3, Ethno-economics of the Kharia; ch. 4, Kharia religion; ch. 5, Social interactions; ch. 6, From womb to tomb; ch. 7, Political organisation; ch. 8, The Kharia women; ch. 9, Folk traditions; ch. 10, Cultural change; ch. 11, The problems; ch. 12, Kharias today; Appendices and bibliography. %@ Concept Publishing Company, H-13 Bali Nagar, New Delhi-110015 %% ##; |* %O Includes Appendix p. 269-275: Kharia folklore (in Kharia) %L Hopkins DS432.K48V521 1980 %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.K48 V52 %L U.CHI. %K Kharia %A Voysey, H. W. %D 1844 %T Vocabulary of Goand and Cole words %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 13 %N 1 %P 19-23 %% #V462; |* %K Korku %A Wagner, Paul %D 1904 %T Some Kolarian riddles current among the Mundaris in Chota Nagpur, Bengal %J Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %V 73 %N 1 (supp.) %P 62-79 %% #V460; #F4077; |* %K Mundari %A Wali, Maulavi Abdul %D 1907 %T Horo durangko, or Mundari songs %J Calcutta review %V 74 %P ?? %O Songs. %% #F4079; |* %K Mundari %A Watts, Neville A. %D 1970 %T The half-clad tribals of Eastern India %C New Delhi %I Orient Longmans %p x, 153 pp. %O A photographically illustrated book of popular anthropology, with chapters on eight tribes, including three Munda-speaking tribes, the Hill Saoras (10-28), the Hill Bondos (71-84), and the Juangs (140-153). %@ Orient Longmans Ltd., Hamilton House, A Block, Connaught Place, New Delhi-1 %% ##; |* %L Hopkins DS430.W33 1970 %K miscellaneous %A Whitehead, George %D 1921 %T Folk-tales of the Car-Nicobarese %J Indian antiquary %V 50 %P ?? %O Tales. %% #F4090; |* %K Nicobarese %A Whitehead, George %D 1923 %T Nicobarese folklore %J Census of India %V 4 %P ?? %O Tales, songs. %% #F4089; |* %K Nicobarese %A Whitehead, George %D 1924 %T In the Nicobar Islands %C London %I Seeley, Service %p 276 pp. %O Chapter XVI: The language, 226-238. %% #S426; #F4088; |* %K Nicobarese %A Whitehead, George %D 1925 %T Dictionary of the Car-Nicobarese language %C Rangoon %I ?? %O 53-page grammatical sketch, 325-page dictionary. %% #Zide, N. 1965 (review of Shorto & Jacob & Simmonds 1963); |India Office(mic); |* %K Nicobarese %A Whitley, E. H. %D 1914 %T Notes on Nagpuriya Hindi, being the prevailing form of Hindi spoken in the Ranchi District of Chota Nagpur %e 2nd ed. %C Ranchi %I ?? %O 1. Ausgabe: E. H. Whitley assisted by A. Salkar, Notes on the G\'anw\'ari dialect of Lohardaga, Chhota Nagpur. %% #V484; |* %K Sadani %A Whitley, J. C. %D 1873 %T Mundari primer %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V460; |* %K Mundari %A Winstedt, Richard Olof %D 1917 %T Lexicographical coincidences in Khasi and Malay %J Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society %V 77 %P 251-257 %% #S329; |* %K Austric Khasi Malay %? Munda relevance ?? %A Yamada, Ryuji %D [1969] %T Munda zoku no noko bunka fukugo %C Tokyo %I Kazama Shobo %p 5, 811 pp., ill. %K rice workers %L U.HI. EAST DS432.M8 Y3 %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1976 %T Proto-Munda cultural vocabulary: evidence for early agriculture %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 2 %P 1295-1334 %% ##; |AAA %K Munda %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %D 1963 %T Parengi phonology %R M.A. thesis, University of Pennsylvania, Philadephia %p 38 pp. %O Cf. Zide, A. 1982. %% ##; #R687; #Zide, A. 1982; |AAA(mimeo.) %K Gorum %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %D 1963 %T Pronominal incorporation in Parengi %C Philadelphia %I mimeo.. %% ##; #R688; #Zide, A. 1982; |AAA(mimeo) %K Gorum %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %D 1966 %T Some problems in the generation of Gorum obstruents and related glides %S Papers on South Munda phonology, 7 %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% ##; #Zide, A. 1982; |AAA(mimeo.) %K Gorum %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %D 1967 ?? %T On the relation of obstruents and glides in Gorum %J Indo-Iranian journal %V ?? %P ?? %% #R769; #N115; cf. Zide, A. 1966; |* %K Gorum %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %D 1968 %T A Gorum lexicon, part I: Gorum-English %C Chicago %I mimeo. %O A collection of lexical materials on Gorum from various sources, with words arranged under their constitutent morphemes, which in turn are in Roman alphabetic order. About 2500 entries, with some specification of syntactic classes. %% ##; #N116; #Zide, A. 1982; |AAA(pt. 1 bound, also first half of pt. 1 unbound) %K Gorum %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %D 1971 %T Transitive and causative in Gorum %J Journal of linguistics %V 8 %P 201-357 %O On various problems of Gorum verb morphology and its semantic categories, esp. the connections between transitivity and causativity.??. %% #Zide, A. 1982; #N117; |*?? %K Gorum %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %D 1976 %T Nominal combining forms in Sora and Gorum %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic Linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 2 %P 1259-1294 %% ##; |AAA %K Sora-Gorum %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %D 1978 %T A note on glottalization and release in Munda %J Indian linguistics %V 39 %P 70-75 %O Describes the phonetics and phonological status of glottalized stops in Munda, based mainly on a detailed description of this feature in Gorum. Argues against Aze's cluster analysis of these segments in Gorum (1971). %% |AAA(xerox); |OSU PK1501.I5 %K Gorum %A Zide, Arlene R. K. %D 1982 %T A reconstruction of Sora-Juray-Gorum phonology %p 2 v. (xxi, 680 leaves) %R Ph.D. dissertation, Univ of Chicago, Dept. of Linguistics, December 1982 %% ##; |AAA(defense typescript, w/o indices %L U.CHI. %K Sora-Gorum %A Zide, Norman H. %A Das, Bimal Prasad %D 1965 %T Gutob texts %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% #R693; |* %K Gutob %A Zide, Norman H. %A Das, Bimal Prasad %D 1965 %U Gutob verb lexicon %C Chicago %I unpubl. %% #R694; |* %K Gutob %A Zide, Norman H. %A Mahapatra, Khageswar %D 1972 %T Gta' nominal combining forms %J Indian linguistics %V 33 %J 3 %P 179-202 %O Gta', like Sora , preserves an old set of synthetic constructions (reconstructable for South Munda) which use compositional ``combining forms'' (CFs) of nouns. In this paper the authors are concerned only with the phonological problems of deriving combining forms from full forms (FFs) -- when they are derivable from them -- in present-day Gta', and with relating CFs with FFs in the immediate proto-language, proto-Gutob-Remo-Gta'. This paper includes an almost complete listing of CFs, about two hundred, along with a rough semantic classification, and an analysis of some related historical developments in Gta', e.g. the reduction of vowels in pre-Gta' initial syllables. %% #N7; #Acharya 1978; |AAA(offprint); |OSU PK1501.I5; #Ng9 %K Gta' %A Zide, Norman H. %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1966 %U The Kherwarian k > h shift %C Chicago %I unpubl. %% #R776; |* %K Kherwarian %A Zide, Norman H. %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1969 %T Descriptive dialogue songs in Mundari %B Anthropology and archaeology: Essays in commemoration of Verrier Elwin %E Pradhan, M. O. %C Bombay %I Oxford University Press %P 171-283 %% ##(offpr. w. ltd publ. info.); #Zide and Munda 1970; |AAA(offpr.) %K Mundari %A Zide, Norman H. %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1969 %T Revolutionary Birsa and the songs related to him %J Journal of social research %V 12 %J 2 %P 37-60 %O Munda songs on Birsa Bhagwan and the Munda uprisings at the end of the nineteeth century, with Mundari texts and facing English translations, introduced by a brief history of Birsa and his movement. With bibliography. %% ##; |AAA(offpr.) %K Mundari %A Zide, Norman H. %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1970 %T Structural influence of Bengali Vaisnava songs on traditional Mundari songs %J Journal of social research %V 13 %N 1 %P 36-48 %% ##; |AAA(offpr.) %K Mundari %A Zide, Norman H. %A Munda, Ram Dayal %D ?? %T Notes on Proto-Kherwarian vocalism %J Indian linguistics %V ?? %P ?? (??) %% #N*; #R732; |* %K Kherwarian %A Zide, Norman H. %A Mundlay, Aasha Kelkar %D ?* %U Nihali, a Munda language? I, II. %C Chicago %I unpubl. %% #R767/768; |* %K Nahali %A Zide, Norman H. %A Stampe, David %D 1968 %T The position of Kharia-Juang in the Munda family %B Studies in Indian linguistics (Volume presented to Prof. M. B. Emeneau on his sixtieth birthday year) %E Krishnamurti, Bh. %C Poona/Annamalainagar %I ?? %O Originally read to the American Oriental Society (New York, April 1964). Presents evidence that the ``Central Munda'' subgroup (Kharia and Juang) is more closely related to the South (or Koraput) Munda subgroup than to the North Munda (Korku-Kherwarian) subgroup. %% #R727; |AAA(vol., offprints) %K Central Munda %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1958 %T Final stops in Korku and Santali %J Indian linguistics %V 19 %N 1 %P 44-48 %% ##; #R730; #Acharya 1978; |OSU PK1501.I5; |AAA(offprint) %K North Munda %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1958 %T Final stops in Korku and Santali %J Indian linguistics %V 19 %N 1 %P 44-48 %% ##; #V489; #Acharya 1978; |OSU PK1501.I5; |AAA(offprint) %K North Munda %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1960 %T Korku phonology and morphophonemics %C Philadelphia %p viii, 96 l. %R Ph.D. Thesis, University of Pennsylvania %O Photocopy of typescript. Ann Arbor, MI : University Microfilms, 1967 %+ Reprint, Chicago: mimeo., ??. Pp. ?? %% #R710; |AAA(mimeo.)%K Kurku language %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4583 .Z53 %K Korku %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1962 %T Korku verb morphology %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% #R711; |AAA %K Korku %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1963 %T Korku noun derivational morphology %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% #R712; |AAA %K Korku %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1965 %T A note on Gutob baby talk %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% #R695; |AAA %K Gutob %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1965 %T Gutob-Remo vocalism and glottalized vowels in Proto-Munda %B Indo-Pacific linguistic studies %E Milner, G. B. %E Henderson, Eug\'enie J. A. %C Amsterdam %I North-Holland Publishing Co. %V 1 %P 43-53 %% #R729; |AAA %K Munda %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1965 %T Korku verb stem reduplication %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% #R713; |AAA %K Korku %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1965 %T Notes on Gata' verb morphology %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% #N10; |*?? %K Gta' %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1966 %T Introduction %B Studies in comparative Austroasiatic linguistics %E Zide, Norman H. %S Indo-Iranian monographs, 5 %C The Hague %I Mouton %P 7-8 %% ##; |AAA %K Austroasiatic %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1966 %T Korku low tone and the Proto-Korku-Kherwarian vowel system %B Studies in comparative Austroasiatic linguistics %E Zide, Norman H. %S Indo-Iranian monographs, 5 %C The Hague %I Mouton %P 214-229 %% ##; #R731; |AAA %K North Munda %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1966 %T Reduplication in Munda %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% #R726; |*?? %K Munda %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1966 %T Studies in comparative Austroasiatic linguistics %C The Hague %I Mouton %p 229 pp. %S Indo-Iranian monographs, 5 %K Austroasiatic languages, Tai languages %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4281 .Z5 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL4281 .Z5 %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1967 %T Some comparative notes on Gata' pronouns %B Pratid\=anam: Indian, Iranian and Indo-European studies presented to Franciscus Bernardus Jacobus Kuiper on his sixtieth birthday %C The Hague %I Mouton %P 348-358 %O A report on current field work on Gata', with remarks on its correspondence with cognate material elsewhere in Munda, esp. pronominal verb prefixes. Reconstructs the proto-South Munda pronominals as */iJ/ or */iG/ 1 sg., */OXm/ 2 sg.; */aj/ or /aXj/ 3 sg.; */laG/ 1 du.;...??. %% #N11; |*?? %K Gta' %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1967 %T The Santali ol cemet' script %B Languages and areas: studies presented to George V. Bobrinskoy %C Chicago %I Division of the Humanities, The University of Chicago %P 180-189 %O Describes an indigenous alphabetic script for Santali invented by Pandit Raghunath Murmu. Four publications in the script (Murmu 1946, anon. 1954, anon. 1957, Murmu n.d.) are described, and a letter describing the letters and their names and equivalences is quoted. There follows a two-page list of the letters, their cursive forms, their equivalences in the Roman missionary script, and drawings of objects mnemonically associated with the name of each letter and evoking the shape of the letter. Cf. Zide, N. n.d. %% ##; #Zide, N. 1969:425; |AAA(offprint) %K Santali %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1968 %T Graphemic system in the Ol Cemed script %B Papers from the Fourth Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistic Society %E Darden, Bill J. %E Bailey, Charles-James N. %E Davison, Alice %C Chicago %I Chicago Linguistic Society %P 238-254 %% ##; |AAA %K Santali %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1969 %T Munda and non-Munda Austroasiatic languages %B Linguistics in South Asia %S Current trends in linguistics, 5 %E Sebeok, Thomas A. %C The Hague %I Mouton %P 411-430 %O Reviews the state of descriptive and comparative studies of Austroasiatic languages of India (the Munda languages, Nicobarese, and Khasi), and also Nihali, as of 1969. Bibliography passim. %% ##; abbrev. #Zide 1969; |AAA(xerox) %K bibliography %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1976 %T A note on Gta' echo forms %B Austroasiatic studies %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %V 2 %P 1335-1343 %O Cf. K. Mahapatra 1976. %% ##; |AAA %K Gta' %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1976 %T `3' and `4' in South Munda %J Linguistics %V 174 %P 89-98 %% #mks8; |AAA %K South Munda %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1978 %T Studies in the Munda numerals %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages %p ix, 77 pp. %S CIIL occasional monographs series, 2 %L U.CHI. %A Zide, Norman H. %D 1978 %T Studies in the Munda numerals %C Mysore %I Central Institute of Indian Languages %p ix, 77 pp. %S CIIL occasional monograph series, 2 %L U.HI. ASIA PL4503 .Z5 %A Zide, Norman H. %D ?? %T A note on noun and adjective derivation in Gutob, Remo, and Gata' %C Chicago %I mimeo. %% #R689; |*?? %K Gutob %A le May, Reginald %D 1956 %T The culture of South-East Asia, the heritage of India %e 2nd ed. %C London %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K miscellaneous %E ** %D 1955- %B sey\=a\.m marsal, ho bh\=a\.s\=a k\=i ek m\=atra m\=asik patrik\=a [ = ??] %C Caibasa %I ?? %O A newpaper in Ho. %% #V488; |* %K Ho %E ?? %D 1950 %B L\=i-p\"o-re ngam tu-f\"om-ng\"o-re lin-l\=ek-ng\^o [ = ], The New Testament in Car Nicobarese %C Rangoon %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K Nicobarese %E ?? %D 1950 %B L\=uk onol susam\=ac\=ar: The gospel according to St. Luke in Ho %e 2nd ed. %C Calcutta %I Bible Society of India and Ceylon %% #V488; #Pinnow 1972; |* %K Ho %E ?? %D 1955 %B Ka ktien u blei, The Holy Bible in Khasi %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V488; |AAA %K Khasi %E ?? %D 1962 %B BAibel; The Holy Bible in Santali %C Bangalore %I The Bible Society of India and Ceylon %p vi, 1150, iv, 386 pp. %O Including Dhorom sostorko mare ni\.am: The Old Testament in Santali, photographically reproduced from the 1928 edition and printed in Great Britain in 1953; and Aboren probhu ar baba\'ncaoic' Jisu m\.asi reak' nawa niam: Santali Union New Testament, printed at the Benagaria Printing Press, P. O Benagaria, Santal Parganas, 1961. %@ Bible Society of India and Ceylon, A/1 Mahatma Gandhi Road, Bangalore 1 %% ##; |AAA %K Santali %E ?? %D 1967 %B Languages and areas: studies presented to George V. Bobrinskoy on the occasion of his academic retirement by members of the Departments of Linguistics and of Slavic Languages and Literatures and of the Committee on Southern Asian Studies of The University of Chicago %C Chicago %I Division of the Humanities, The University of Chicago %p vii, 191 pp. %O Contents: On some functions of the opposition definite/non-definite in Bulgarian / by H. I. Aronson -- The casual verbs in Hindi / by K. C. Bahl -- Muslim Vaisnava poets of Bengal / by E. C. Dimock -- The uses of law in Indian studies / by M. Galanter -- On the morpheme an in the Amorite language / by I. J. Gleb -- Syntatic connotation / by Z. Golab -- Two Albanian and Indo-Iranian problems / by E. P. Hamp -- a case of ambiguity in modern Greek / by K. Kazazis -- The phonological theory behind Whitney's Sanskrit grammar / by J. D. McCawley -- The elusive Slahvish / by R. I. McDavid, Jr. -- The priest and the sorcerer: Leskov's first short by Bibliander / by G. J. Metcalf -- Traditional symbolism in the modern Urdu Ghazal / by C. M. Naim -- Two Kannada styles / by A. K. Ramanujan -- City bread and bread baked in ashes / by E. Reiner -- Prthviraja Rasau: Canto II / by J. T. Roberts -- Passage to more than India: a sketch of changing European and American images of India / by M. Singer -- The legend of opulent India, Marin Drzic, and south Slavic folk poetry / by E. Stankiewicz -- Two notes on the Meghaduta / by J. A. B. van Buitenen -- Some applications of computers in linguistics / by V. H. Yngve -- The Santali Ol Cemet' script / by N. H. Zide %L U.HI. HMLTN P26.B6 L3 %E ?? %D 1974-1981 %B Indian poetry today %C New Delhi %I Indian Council for Cultural Relations %p 4 v. %O Contents: v. 1. Pritam, A. Punjabi poetry. Janakiraman, T. Tamil poetry. Bhattacharya, L. Bengali poetry. -- v. 2. Desai, S. K. Kannada poetry. Machwe, P. Marathi poetry. Vajpeyi, K. Hindi poetry. -- v. 3. Mahapatra, S. Oriya poetry. Sadarangani, H. I. Sindhi poetry. Lone, A. M. Kashmiri poetry. -- v. 4. Barua, Navakanta. Assamese poetry. Desai, Jhinabhai. Gujarati poetry. Paniker, Ayyappa. Malayalam poetry. Rao, Panduranga. Telugu poetry. Narang, Gopi Chand. Urdu poetry. %O 20th century Indian poetry, translations into English %? Munda relevance ? %L U.HI. ASIA PK5461.A3 I55 %E Archer, W. G. %D 1942 %B Ho durang: A Ho song book, with a preface by W. G. Archer %C Patna %I ?? %% #V488; #F113; |* %K Ho %E Archer, W. G. %D 1942 %B Mu\.n\.d\=a durang, A Munda song book, with a preface by W. G. Archer, Dilbar Hans %C Patna %I United Press %O Songs. %% #V487; #F120; |* %K Mundari %E Behura, Nab Kishore %E Tripathy, Krishna Chandra %D 1992 %B Science, culture, and development: Prof. L. K. Mahapatra felicitation volume %C Bhubaneswar, Orissa %I Paragon Publishers %O Distributors: Modern Book Depot %p xv, 333 pp. %O Festschrift honoring L. K. Mahapatra, retired professor, Dept. of Anthropology, Utkal University; comprises articles on various fields of anthropology %L U.HI. ASIA GN46.I4 S25 1992 %E Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1925-1929 %B Santal folk tales %v 3 vols %C Oslo %I Instituttet for Sammenlignende Kulturforskning %% #V459; #F465 cites AP of 1929 as Oslo: H. Aschehong and Co.; |*. %K Santali %E Bodding, Paul Olaf %D 1942 %B Traditions and institutions of the Santals %S Oslo Universitet Ethnografiske Museum Bulletin, 6 %C Oslo %I Oslo University Ethnografiske Museum %O See Bodding 1887. %% #V460; #Orans 1965; |* %K Santali %E Carstens, Renate %D 1987 %B Konfrontationslinguistische Studien zu austroasiatischen und austronesischen Sprachen %C Jena %I Friedrich-Schiller-Universitat %p 149 pp. %S Wissenschaftliche Beitrage der Friedrich-Schiller-Universitat Jena %O Contents: Wilhelm von Humboldt und die Sprachen Sudostasiens / Kurt Huber -- Zur Frage der grammatischen Synonymie des Involuntativs in austrischen Sprachen / Renate Carstens -- Erkundungen zur vergleichenden austronesischen Satztypologie / Hans Herrfurth -- Zum progressiven Aspekt in der Bahasa Indonesia / Harry Spitzbardt %L U.CHI. %E Coon, Carleton Stevens %E Andrews, James Madison, IV %D 1943 %B Studies in the anthropology of Oceania and Asia, presented in memory of Roland Burrage Dixon %C Cambridge, MA %I The [Peabody] Museum %p xiv, 220 pp., incl. illus. (incl. maps) tables, diagr. front. (port.) plates. 27 cm. %S Papers of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology, Harvard University, 20 %O Library's holdings include Kraus reprint ed. published in 1974. %O Contents: Physical differentiation in Polynesia, by H. L. Shapiro. -- Polynesian stone remains, by K. P. Emory. -- Two unique petroglyphs in the Marquesas which point to Easter Island and Malaysia, by E. S. C. Handy. -- The gods of Rennell by W. W. Howells. -- The horomorun concepts of southern Bougainville: a study in comparative religion, by D. L. Oliver. -- Notes on northeast Australian totemism, by R. L. Sharp. -- Culture sequences in Madagascar, by R. Linton. -- Linguistic and racial aspects of the Munda problem, by G. T. Bowles.- Evolutionary trends in body build; data from Thailand (Siam) by J. M. Andrews, IV. -- Physical types among the Japanese, by F. S. Hulse. -- The prone burials of Anyang, by Li Chi. -- Observations on the bronze age in the Yenisei Valley, Siberia, by J. H. Gaul. -- Southern Arabia a problem for the future, by C. S. Coon. %? Only the Bowles articles has Munda relevance %L U.HI. HMLTN E51 .H337 v.20 %L U.HI. PACC E51 .H337 v.20 %L U.HI. PACC E51 .H337 v.20 c. 2 %E Davidson, Jeremy H. C. S. %D 1991 %B Austroasiatic languages: essays in honour of H. L. Shorto %S Collected papers in Oriental and African studies. %C London %I School of Oriental and African Studies %p viii, 249 pp., ill %# ISBN: 0-7286-0183-4 (pbk) %r Reviewed by R. H. Robins, JSOAS 55:2.373-374 (1992) %L U.CHI. %E Davidson, Jeremy H. C. S. %D 1991 %B Austroasiatic languages: essays in honour of H. L. Shorto %C London %I School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London %p viii, 249 pp., port. %S Collected papers in Oriental and African studies %L U.HI. ASIA PL4281 .A97 1991 %E Hamsa, Dilavara %E Hamsa, Samuela %D 1980 %B Munda durana = A Munda song book %O preface by W. G. Archer %O 2nd ed. %C Ranci, Bihara %I Horo Senram Samaiti %p xiii, 442 pp. %L U.CHI. %E Horo, E. I. %E Kan\.dulna, P. D. %D 1955 %B Durang puthi, A Mundari hymn book %e 16th ed. %C Ranchi %I ?? %% #V487; |* %K Mundari %E Jenner, Philip N. %E Thompson, Laurence C. %E Starosta, Stanley %D 1976 %B Austroasiatic studies %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %p 2 v. (xii, 1343 pp.) %S Oceanic linguistics, special publication, 13 %C Honolulu %I University Press of Hawaii %O Proceedings of the First International Conference on Austroasiatic Linguistics, Honolulu, 1973. Conference was sponsored by the Pacific and Asian Linguistics Institute of the University of Hawaii. %% ##; |AAA %K Austroasiatic languages, congresses, FICAL %# ISBN: 0-8248-0280-2 %L U.CHI. %L U.HI. ASIA PL5001 .A3451 no.13 pt. 1 %L U.HI. ASIA PL5001 .A3451 no.13 pt. 2 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL5001 .A3451 no.13 pt. 1 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL5001 .A3451 no.13 pt. 2 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL5001 .A3451 no.13 pt. 1 c. 2 %L U.HI. HMLTN PL5001 .A3451 no.13 pt. 2 c. 2 %L U.HI. PACC PL5001 .A3451 no.13 %E Kloss, Heinz %E McConnell, Grant D. %D 1978- %B The written languages of the world: a survey of the degree and modes of use = Les langues ecrites du monde: releve du degre et des modes d'utilisation %C Quebec %I Universite Laval International Centre for Research on Bilingualism %O distributed by ISBS, Forest Grove, OR %p v., ill. %O In English and French, chiefly tables. Partial contents: v. 1. The Americas -- v. 2, bk. 1. India, constitutional languages -- v. 2, bk. 2. India, non-constitutional languages / B. P. Mahapatra, P. Padmanabha, G. D. McConnell ... [et.al] %L U.HI. HMLTN REF P371 .W7 1989 v. 1 %L U.HI. HMLTN REF P371 .W7 1989 v. 2 pt. 1 %L U.HI. HMLTN REF P371 .W7 1989 v. 2 pt. 2 %L U.HI. HMLTN REF P371 .W7 1989 v. 3 %L U.HI. HMLTN %E Laubscher, Matthias Samuel %D 1991 %B Beitrage zur Ethnologie Mittel- und Sud-Indiens %C Munchen %I Anaconk %p 130 pp. %S Ganesha, 2 %O Contents: Vorwort / M. Laubscher -- Literarische Vergleiche und Metaphern als Spiegel der Tamilkultur / Gabriella Eichinger Ferro-Luzzi -- Respekt als Ausdruck sozialer Beziehungen bei den Badagas in Sudindien / F. Heidemann -- "Wir alle sind Schauspieler im gottlichen Theater," Der kosmologische Bezug der Buhne im sakralen Theater Tamilnadus/Sud-Indien / H. Link -- Der Intra-agnatische "Seelentausch" der Gadaba beim grossen Lineageritual / G. Pfeffer -- Das Problem des Kastenstatus der Vagri, einer wandernden Gesellschaft Sudindiens / L. Werth %? On Munda only the Gadaba item (if that) %L U.HI. ASIA DS430 .B45 1991 %E Macphail, R. M. %D 1933 %B Campbell's Santali-English dictionary %e 2nd ed. %C Pokhuria %I Santal Mission Press %+ 1st ed., Campbell 1899-1902; 3d ed., Macphail 1953; English-Santali, Macphail 1954 %% #V459; |* %K Santali %E Macphail, R. M. %D 1954 %T Campbell's English-Santali dictionary %e 3rd ed. %C Benagaria %I Santal Christian Council, Benagaria Mission Press %p iv, 234 pp. %+ Cf. Santali-English Dictionary, 1st ed., Campbell, A. 1899-1902; 2d ed., Macphail 1933; 3d ed., Macphail 1953. Actually this is the first edition of the English-Santali Dictionary as a separate volume; includes ``Index to Scientific Names'', 227-234. %% #V489; |AAA %K Santali %E Mahapatra, Sitakant %D 1992 %B The realm of the sacred: verbal symbolism and ritual structures %C Calcutta/New York %I Oxford University Press %p 221 pp. %O Contents: The relationship between folk and elite religions : the case of Thailand / Ruth-Inge Heinze -- Bakhens : a note on the invocations of the Santals / Sitakant Mahapatra -- Tribal dieties at princely courts : the feudatory Rajas of central O rissa & their tutelary dieties (Istadevatas) / Hermann Kulke -- Sacred centres and symbolic networks in India / James J. Preston -- Functions of spells and charms in social and everyday life : a case study of eastern Slav folklore / V. K. Sokolova -- The ambiguity of the fertile womb / Frederique Apffel Marglin -- On the semantic structure of the Santal Ojha's religious discourse / Marine Carrin-Bouez -- Concerning the empirical cosmogony of the responsibility : the spirit of the sun in Sora cosmology / Piers Vitebsky -- Scriptural religion and folk religion in India : the case of Rudra, Siva and Khandoba / Gunther D. Sontheimer %L U.HI. ASIA BL50 .R385 1992 %E Mahapatra, Sitakant (translator) %D 1973 %B The wooden sword %O Foreword by Edmund Leach %C Cuttack %I Utkal Sahitya Bikash %p xxiii, 48 pp. %O A translation of a collection of traditional folk-songs of the Mundas, tribal people of Bihar and Orissa %L U.CHI. %E Molony, J. C. %D 1911 %B Census of India, 1911, 12:2 %C Madras?? %I ?? %O Henderson's identifying remarks on the Bonda Gadaba as a separate tribe as opposed to the Gutob (or Bodo) Gadaba and Parenga Gadaba are quoted, 164-167. Re-quoted in part by Elwin 1950: 1, 12. %% #Elwin 1950; |* %K Remo %E Munda, Ram Dayal %D 1967 %B Hisir [ = Necklace] %C Ranchi %I Sahakari Pr\=akashana Samiti %% #Zide & Munda 1970; |* %K Mundari %E Munda, Ramadayala %D 1967 %B Hisir = Hara %C Ranchi, Bihar %I Sahakari Prakasana Samiti %p 4, v, 117 pp. %O Poems by Mundari poets, with Hindi translations %L U.CHI. %E Munro, Annie C. ?? %D 1954 %B Proverbs in Saora, Bangsa enoblenanji %C Calcutta %I ?? %% #V488; |AAA %K Sora %E Pastor, Job %D 1935 %B Kha.\ria duraG, Hymns in Kharia durang %C Golaghat, Assam %I ?? %O 45 Christian hymns in Bengali script. %% #V463; |* %K Kharia %E Patnaik, N. %D 1989 %B The Bondo %S Popular series on tribes, 1 %C Bhubaneswar, Orissa %I Tribal and Harijan Research-cum-Training Institute %p 89, [2] pp., [10] leaves of plates, ill. %O Contributed articles on the Bondos %K Bonda, Remo %L U.CHI. %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.B65 B66 1989 %E Patnaik, N. %D 1989 %B The Juang %S Popular series on tribes, 2 %C Bhubaneswar, Orissa %I Tribal and Harijan Research-cum-Training Institute, H. & T. W. Dept. %p 76, v. pp., [11] leaves of plates, ill. %O Contributed articles on the Juangs. %K Juang %L U.CHI. %L U.HI. ASIA GZ 911206.70 %E Patnaik, N. %D 1989 %B The Saora %S Popular series on tribes, 4 %C Bhubaneswar, Orissa %I Tribal and Harijan Research-cum-Training Institute %p 65, v pp., [11] leaves of plates, ill. %O Contributed articles on the Saoras. %K Sora, Savara %L U.HI. ASIA GZ 920224.50 %E Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %E Kerketta, Paulus %E Kullu, Junas %D 1965 %B Kharia-Texte: (Prosa und Poesie) [ = Kharia texts (prose and poetry)] %C Wiesbaden %I O. Harrassowitz %p xiv, 288 p., 2 pp. of plates, ports. %O Texts in Kharia, most with an interlinear German translation and a free German translation; one group of texts has the corresponding Hindi text added instead of the German translation; introd. and notes in German %L U.CHI. %% #R703; |AAA(2 copies) %K Kharia %E Pinnow, Heinz-J\"urgen %w Kullu, Junas %w Kerketta, Paulus %D 1965 %T ``Der Wertiger'' und andere Geschichten in Kharia [ = ``The were-tiger'' and other stories in Kharia] %J Indo-Iranian journal %V 9 %N 1 %P 32-68 %O Ten stories in the ``standard'' dialect of Junas Kulla, from Jhurmul, Dt. Sundargarh, Orissa, with free translations into German and brief grammatical notes. %% #R704; |AAA(offpr.) %K Kharia %E Ponette, P. %D 1979 %B The Munda world: Hoffmann commemoration volume %C Ranchi, Bihar %I Catholic Press %p 148 pp., [2] leaves of plates, ports. %O Munda tribes, social life and customs %O Hoffmann, John Baptist, 1857- %L U.CHI. %L U.HI. ASIA DS432.M8 M864 %E Roepstorff, Frederik Ad. de %D 1949 %B The Gospel of Matthew in Nicobarese (Nancowry dialect) %e 3rd ed. %+ 1st ed. 1884 %C Rangoon %I ?? %% #V489; |* %K Nicobarese %E Satpathy, Sunil Kumar %E Sharma, Prem Lata %D 1990 %B Anthology of Santal songs, dance, and music of Orissa %C Bhubaneswar, Orissa %I Indian Academy of Folk and Tribal Culture %p 2, 2, 6, 11, 33 p., [6] pp. of plates, ill., map %O Introd. and summaries in English, songs in Santali (in roman) without the music. %L U.CHI. %L U.HI. ASIA ML3748.7.O7 A5 1990 %E Sen Gupta, Sankar %D 1973 %B The Patas and the Patuas of Bengal {?? Patas} %O Foreword by Niharranjan Ray %C Calcutta %I Indian Publications %p 144 pp. illus. %S Indian publications folklore series, 20 %K Kharia %L U.CHI. %E Skrefsrud, L. O. %D 1887 %B Horkoren mare hapramko reak' katha, The traditions and institutions of the Santals %C Benagaria %I ?? %O 2d ed. Benagaria 1916, ed. Bodding; 3d ed., 1928, ed. Bodding; translation, Bodding 1942 %% #Flutes; #V459; |* %K Santali %E Trigunayata, Jagadisa %D 1968 %B Munda loka kathaem %C Ranci %I Adhikshaka, Sacivalaya Sakha Mudranalaya, Bihara %p 3, 8, 94, 556, 15 pp. %K folklore, folk tales, Hindi and Mundari %L U.CHI. %E Zide, Norman H. %D 1966 %B Studies in comparative Austroasiatic linguistics %S Indo-Iranian monographs, 5 %C The Hague %I Mouton %p 229 pp. %O The first collection devoted entirely to Austroasiatic languages (Fang-Kuei Li's ``The relationship between tones and initials in Tai'' is included for its typological interest). Articles on Austroasiatic comparison (N. Zide, Haudricourt), Viet-Muong (Barker, Thomas, Hamp), Munda etymology (Bhattacharya), Nahali etymology (Nahali), /r/ in Khmer dialects (Noss), the verb in comparative Munda (Pinnow), Mon-Khmer subgroupings (Thomas), Muong and Mon-Khmer comparisons (Wilson), and proto-North Munda vowels (N. Zide). %% ##; |AAA %K general and comparative: Austroasiatic %A Adams, Karen Lee %D 1191 %T The influence of non-Austroasiatic languages on numerical classification in Austroasiatic %J Journal of the American Oriental Society %V 111 %N 1 %P 62-81 %K ??